Top Banner
CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI ABSTRACT In order to promote an understanding of the centrality of space and the intimate relationship between space and identity in Wong Kar-wai’s films, this dissertation examines the director’s construction of cinematic space and the characters’ sense of who they are in relation to Hong Kong in his six films Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love, 2046, As Tears Go by, Chungking Express, and Fallen Angels. The investigation of Wong’s use of cinematic space involves the analysis of his selection of location and strategic employment of the mise-en-scène, camera angles, lenses, lighting, and music, which constitute his fictional world. It is my assertion that Wong’s construction of Hong Kong in these films responds to the formation and transformation of identity and showcases the impact of colonialism, modernization, decolonization, globalization, and postmodern culture upon the lives of Hong Kong inhabitants. INDEX WORDS: Wong Kar-wai, Hong Kong, Cinematic space, Identity
209

CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

Oct 31, 2019

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI

by

HAIHONG LI

ABSTRACT

In order to promote an understanding of the centrality of space and the intimate relationship

between space and identity in Wong Kar-wai’s films, this dissertation examines the director’s

construction of cinematic space and the characters’ sense of who they are in relation to Hong

Kong in his six films Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love, 2046, As Tears Go by,

Chungking Express, and Fallen Angels. The investigation of Wong’s use of cinematic space

involves the analysis of his selection of location and strategic employment of the mise-en-scène,

camera angles, lenses, lighting, and music, which constitute his fictional world. It is my

assertion that Wong’s construction of Hong Kong in these films responds to the formation and

transformation of identity and showcases the impact of colonialism, modernization,

decolonization, globalization, and postmodern culture upon the lives of Hong Kong inhabitants.

INDEX WORDS: Wong Kar-wai, Hong Kong, Cinematic space, Identity

Page 2: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI

by

HAIHONG LI

B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000

M.A., Truman State University, 2004

A Dissertation Submitted to the Graduate Faculty of The University of Georgia in Partial

Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

ATHENS, GEORGIA

2012

Page 3: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

© 2012

Haihong Li

All Rights Reserved

Page 4: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI

by

HAIHONG LI

Major Professor: Hyangsoon Yi

Committee: Richard Neupert Ronald Bogue Masaki Mori Karim Traore Electronic Version Approved: Maureen Grasso Dean of the Graduate School The University of Georgia May 2012

Page 5: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to extend my sincere gratitude to my supervisor, Hyangsoon Yi, who helped me

develop research skills and understanding of the subject during the completion of the project.

This dissertation would not have been possible without her diligent work and encouragement. I

would also like to express my thanks to Professor Richard Neupert for his most insightful and

valuable comments, Professor Ronald Bogue for his warm support, and Professor Masaki Mori

and Professor Karim Traore for their patience and kindness.

A special acknowledgment of mine goes to my family for their undivided support. I want

to thank my dearest Anna for her love and my parents for all of the sacrifices that they have

made for me. My husband Joe was so patient with my late nights, and I want to thank him for

believing in me from the beginning.

Lastly, I offer my regards and blessings to my editors, Jon Falsarella Dawson and Jessica

Taylor, for their best work.

Page 6: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS........................................................................................................... iv

CHAPTER

1 INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................1

2 THE LIMINAL SPACE—DAYS OF BEING WILD ...................................................45

3 IN THE MEMORY OF THE SHANGHAINESE COMMUNITY—IN THE MOOD

FOR LOVE...................................................................................................................67

4 THE DACADENT CITY—2046 ................................................................................86

5 MAPPING MONGKOK—AS TEARS GO BY ..........................................................108

6 THE GLOBAL CITY—CHUNGKING EXPRESS ...................................................132

7 THE POSTMODERN CITY—FALLEN ANGELS ...................................................155

8 CONCLUSION.…………………………………………………………………….177

BIBLIOGRAPHY........................................................................................................................188

Page 7: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

This study examines Wong’s films as cinematic responses to cultural crises and social

transformation that result from colonization, decolonization, and globalization of Hong Kong

through the analysis of the urban space in Wong’s six films, As Tears Go by (1988), The Days of

Being Wild (1990), Chungking Express (1994), Fallen Angels (1995), In the Mood for Love

(2000), and 2046 (2004). This project presents fresh insights into the production of colonial and

postcolonial subjectivity and the formation of Hong Kong identity. Wong’s six films provide

various historical and cultural accounts that present a cinematic Hong Kong, which grows from

the colonial past into its current status as a global city. His films invoke multiple spatialitites and

temporalities while imagining the past, pondering the present, and anxiously anticipating the

unknown future. An investigation into the cinematic space and the characters’ relationships with

their surroundings in Wong Kar-wai’s films reveals how cinematic space embodies social

concerns and issues and how the filmmaker exploits the imagery. This analysis focuses on the

filmmaker’s construction of space, investigating how these films manifest transformations of

social reality that is essential to the building of local identity but hidden in an otherwise illegible

urban setting that is too complex to understand.

Cinematic space in Wong’s films requires close and sustained study because the

construction of urban Hong Kong is closely related to the development of local identity. In

Wong’s films, space has a critical role in shaping individual identity, determining who and what

the characters are and what their relations are. Accentuating the importance of space, Wong

Page 8: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

2

Kar-wai asserts, “I believe geographical accessibility is a deciding factor for human

relationships” (Wong Kar-wai 88). Human geography is one of the director’s major concerns.

He exploits urban space as well as human relationships with their physical environment. His

stories are not only about where the characters are but also about how an urban setting shapes

characters and make them who they are. While space is essential in Wong’s films, reinventing

the urban landscape has always been Wong’s priority in filmmaking. When asked to evaluate

himself as a film director, Wong says: “I am an architect who doesn’t work on a blueprint”

(Chia). Urban space and the way human beings are embedded in their surroundings fascinate

him.

Space is so important to the director that it comes before everything else in his

filmmaking. In his mind, characters’ social relationships and social practices are always

associated with, or even determined by, the kind of space they are in, and space is inscribed with

historical memory, societal transformation, and cultural difference. Wong reveals that he must

have a location before he can make up a story and decide what type of characters should be

involved in such a setting. Wong says:

the most important thing about the script is to know the place it takes place in. Because if

you know that, then you can decide what the characters do in this space. The space even

tells you who the characters are, why they’re there, and so on. Everything else just

comes bit by bit if you have a place in your mind. So I have to scout locations before I

even start writing. (Tirard 197)

For Wong, space produces characters and stories while also predetermining how the characters

react to the space and their spatial practice.

Page 9: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

3

A brief introduction to Wong and his critical reception is necessary before delving into a

broader discussion of space in his films. Wong is a controversial Hong Kong film director,

whose works are often found puzzling by some yet whole-heartedly celebrated by others. As one

of the filmmakers from the Second New Wave of Hong Kong cinema, Wong rose to

international fame through Happy Together (1997), a film regarding a homosexual couple’s

adventures in Buenos Aires, which won him the Best Director prize at the Cannes Film Festival

in 1997. As a result, he has been invited to make a number of commercials for multinational

enterprises, such as BMW, Christian Dior, Lancôme, Lacoste, and Motorola, and he also made a

music video for American musician DJ Shadow’s “Six Days.” In 2006, he was the first Chinese

director named president of the jury panel for the Cannes Film Festival, and his first American

movie, My Blueberry Nights (2007), starring Norah Jones, Jude Law, Rachel Weisz, and Natalie

Portman, made its debut the following year.

Critics have praised Wong for his stunning visual style, expressive lighting and colors,

cryptic shot composition, and skillful incorporation of elements from MTV and popular art. In

Wong Kar-wai, Stephen Teo points out the essential MTV elements in Wong’s films because of

the “hyped colours and baroque sets” as well as “the incessant and repetitive movement” (158).

Ken Dancyger notices Wong’s often fragmented and sometimes illogical narrative structures, his

subversion of traditional genres, and the inspiring incorporation of music in order to create

desired mood among the audience.

However, Wong is notorious for shooting films without finished scripts, his endless

improvisation, and obsession with exhausting every narrative possibility, all of which often result

in an exceedingly lengthy filmmaking process that risks falling far behind schedule. What’s

Page 10: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

4

more, although Wong’s works are usually considered art-house films and widely applauded,

most of them have been box office failures.

Critics have taken various approaches to Wong’s works. For instance, David Bordwell

focuses on the director’s creative choices in composing stories, which challenge and destabilize

conventional genres. Elizabeth Wright praises Wong for his stunning visual style, often credited

to Australian cinematographer Christopher Doyle and Hong Kong art director William Chang.

Scholars such as Y Wong also look into the films’ postmodern features, such as parody and an

omnipresent sense of rootlessness in addition to his preoccupation with dates and numbers.

Some see Wong as a formalist in that he focuses more on film form than content, which might

imply that his narratives lack depth of meaning and complexity.

However, some applaud his film form by seeing it as a creative way to express feelings.

Peter Brunette remarks, “His depth, and thus the real source of his power, can be found on the

surface” (xvi). Ackbar Abbas in his most influential book, Hong Kong: Culture and Politics of

Disappearance, an observation of Hong Kong in the moment of transfer from the British

colonial rule to its postcolonial era, argues that Wong Kar-wai as a Hong Kong filmmaker, far

from being apolitical and superficial, conveys the experience of disappearance by depicting

social changes and calling into question the visual (mis)representation of the Hong Kong. While

other scholars are drawn by the director’s fascinating blend of Chinese culture and Western

techniques, Stephen Teo, who writes extensively about Hong Kong cinema, seeks out Wong’s

local influences as well as his literary debts to writers from various nations.

Many previous analyses of Wong’s films have focused on the filmmaker’s obsession with

temporal experience through recurring close-ups of ticking clocks and wristwatches in addition

to expiration dates, deadlines, and specific dates from the past. Because of the filmmaker’s

Page 11: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

5

preoccupation with time, Tony Rayns describes Wong as “a poet of time” (Sight and Sound 12),

while Ewa Mazierska and Laura Rascaroli call him “a psychologist of time.” This obsession

with time is interpreted by many as a response to political, social, and cultural transformations in

Hong Kong. Stephen Teo says that the ticking clock “is an obvious allusion to the 1997

syndrome” (Hong Kong Cinema 195). Similarly, Peter Brunette explains, “the ticking clock, in

Wong’s films and the films of other directors, became a natural metaphor for all the fear and

anxiety attached to this change” (22).

However, other scholars oppose these readings. Bordwell, for instance, argues, “To treat

these lovelorn films as abstract allegories of Hong Kong’s historical situation risks losing sight

of Wong Kar-wai’s naked appeal to our feelings about young romance, its characteristic

dilemmas, moods, and moves” (280). To him, Wong’s fundamental interests lie in love, loss,

and memory rather than serious political issues.

Despite this plethora of commentary, critics do not pay sufficient attention to Wong’s

vision of Hong Kong and his cinematic space. Ackbar Abbas is one of the few critics who

examine urban space in Hong Kong and its representation in film. He argues that the experience

of the period in Wong’s films is the experience of the negative. In his article “the Erotics of

Disappointment,” Abbas points out,

More than any other Hong Kong director, Wong conveys in his films a particularly

intense experience of the period as an experience of the negative; an experience of some

elusive and ambivalent cultural space that lies always just beyond our grasp, or just

beneath our articulations. (41)

For Abbas, Hong Kong in Wong’s films is “space of desire” (48) and “the secret of that city is

not power, but impotence” (48). Abbas’s discussion of Wong’s films set in the 1980s and

Page 12: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

6

onward remains a part of his larger project on Hong Kong culture. He shows that Wong’s three

films set in and after 1988 present a city that is marked by shared postmodern and postcolonial

characteristics.

While Abbas provides insights into Wong’s depiction of Hong Kong, Wong’s films show

the audience multiple urban spaces whose complexity clearly deserves a more thorough

investigation. More importantly, Abbas does not include Wong’s 1960s films in his discussion

of space and cultural identity of Hong Kong. This practice of leaving out the colonial past and

only concentrating on the present displays a lack of a strong sense of local history in previous

research on Hong Kong, which is problematic in any serious study of Hong Kong culture and

local identity.

Wong’s 1960s nostalgia films are essential to the study of Hong Kong identity. The word

nostalgia, according to Fred Davis, means “remembrance of things past” (6). However, nostalgia

deals with not just the past but, most importantly, the present and even the future. It is indeed a

process of rewriting the past in contemporary culture by projecting the social consciousness onto

the representation. According to Davis, “nostalgia is one of the means—or, better, one of the

more readily accessible psychological lenses—we employ in the never ending work of

constructing, maintaining, and reconstructing our identities” (31). In the case of Hong Kong, as

the 1997 handover was approaching, Hong Kong residents faced the possibility of discontinuity

in their sense of who they were. The expression and experience of nostalgia helped them

reaffirm their sense of history by looking back and finding comforts in the bygone days among a

more familiar environment. Janelle Wilson suggests that the experience of nostalgia functions to

restore meaning and identity in life: “Nostalgia, in its ability to facilitate continuity of identity,

can help to provide a sanctuary of meaning—a place where one feels she knows herself; where

Page 13: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

7

identity has safe harbor” (10). Nostalgia restores the sense of identity by allowing us to escape

to the familiar and seek sanctuary from the past.

It is my argument that looking at Wong’s 1960s and 1990s films as two critical stages of

the formation of local identity because one cannot fully understand his construction of 1990s

Hong Kong without knowing his 1960s Hong Kong. In the book Hong Kong: the Anthropology

of a Chinese Metropolis, Grant Evans and Maria Tam point out the importance of the 1960’s:

“Hong Kong before the 1960’s was a transit lounge for good as well as of people, not the

ultimate place to settle in or to be identified with” (58). Many social transformations took place

in Hong Kong during the 1960s. These changes separated Hong Kong from the rest of China

because, due to the economic development of Hong Kong, the local people no longer depended

on China for any guidance. Seeing the 1960s as the watershed in the history of postwar Hong

Kong, Wong Kar-wai says in an interview: “I am very fond of this period of Hong Kong. This is

a very special period. We started in 1962 and ended in 1972. It is ten years. The reason we

want to end in 1972 is because in the 1970s Hong Kong looked totally different. People, their

behavior, how they dress, how they look, how they eat, and how they live is extremely different

from 1962” (“On Film”). Concerning the formation of local identity, Tam continues, “For those

who could afford to among the first generation of local born, their search for a modern identity

thus took off in the 1970’s” (58). The 1990s is the decade when Hong Kong residents

confronted identity crisis at the dawn of retuning to mainland China. Facing the fast

disappearing colonial past, Hong Kong in the 1990s was characterized by a strong sense of

nostalgia, anxiety, and even fear.

With all these discussions in mind, one can see that more questions remain to be

answered. My analysis of Wong’s cinematic construction of Hong Kong is an attempt to answer

Page 14: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

8

some of the following questions: How does the director’s cinematic city problematize the

unsettling reality of contemporary Hong Kong? How do these films reflect the anxieties and fear

that result from the cultural and social situations besetting Hong Kong from the 1960s

onwards—the 1967 riots, the 1970s social reforms, the emergence of local identity, the ending of

colonial history, the1997 handover, and the adjustment of social relationships to the fast pace of

economic development? How do they investigate the disappearing cultural identity of Hong

Kong?

Space and Wong’s films

In “Space, Place, and Spectacle: the Crisis Cinema of John Woo,” Tony Williams argues

that John Woo’s films made after 1986 constitute a crisis-ridden apocalyptic cinema influenced

by geopolitical concerns, mainly the 1997 handover. Williams shows that the cinematic space in

Woo’s films exhibits an unprecedented sense of identity crisis. Tony Mitchell explores the

themes of diaspora and dislocation with emphasis on Hong Kong as a “space of transit” in

Autumn Moon (1996), a film directed by Clara Law, who was born in Macau but grew up in

Australia. Wong Kin Yuen investigates how Hong Kong inspires the futuristic cityscape in films

such as Blade Runner and Ghost in the Shell, and argues that the future cities in these films share

the ambivalence, elusiveness, fragmentation, and decadence of Hong Kong, a colonial city that

heralds the future for contemporary capitalist cities in its predominant racial and cultural

differences.

In Abbas’s conceptualization of the new Hong Kong cinema, space plays a vital role.

Filmmakers such as Wong Kar-wai, Ann Hui, Stanely Kwan, Tsui Hark, and John Woo, he

asserts, all belong to the new Hong Kong cinema, which emerged amid the new political and

Page 15: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

9

cultural dilemmas stemming from British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher’s visit to China in

1982 for the purpose of discussing lease agreements with the Chinese government. Following

the idea of Gilles Deleuze that new cinematic images emerged as a response to historical change,

Abbas argues that the history of Hong Kong is implicated in topological and spatial relations:

One of the features of new Hong Kong cinema is its sensitivity to spatial issues, in other

words, to dislocations and discontinuities, and its adoption of spatial narratives both to

underline and to come to terms with these historical anachronisms and achronisms: space

as a means of reading the elusiveness of history. (Hong Kong: Culture and the Politics of

Disappearance 27)

According to Abbas, people in Hong Kong try to stay detached from history to protect

themselves from the shocks of potential radical changes. However, history cannot be simply

ignored as it persists in the city space. A new approach toward understanding the city, Abbas

suggests, is to study Hong Kong history through spatial relations.

Even when Wong’s films, such as Ashes of Time (1994) and Happy Together (1997), are

not set in contemporary Hong Kong, they still reflect the concerns associated with it. The film

Ashes of Time is loosely based on the martial-arts novel The Eagle Shooting Heroes, written by

Hong Kong writer Louis Cha. The story takes place in the wild west of Middle China during the

13th century. Although the film does not seem to have the least connection with Hong Kong,

many critics read it as an analysis of postmodern Hong Kong. For instance, Curtis Tsui

comments:

although the film is set during an undetermined medieval time period, many of its

narrative elements are decidedly ‘postmodern’, a social condition which cultural theorist

Page 16: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

10

Fredric Jameson argues is the central characteristic of late capitalism, in which moral

judgments are irrelevant or at least inoperative. (101)

The protagonist, deprived of love, becomes an assassin who makes his living by preying on

people’s hatred. Wong’s lack of moral judgment on this character draws attention to the impact

of consumer capitalism on cultural values and social relations. The desert, therefore, can be read

as a metaphor of Hong Kong in late capitalism since the desert and contemporary Hong Kong

seem to be characterized by the same wilderness and despair and both force residents to push

their limits in order to survive.

The same is true with Happy Together, which was released right before the handover in

1997. The gay couple, Ho Po-wing (Leslie Cheung) and Lai Yiu-fai (Toney Leung), escapes

Hong Kong to start over in Buenos Aires. However, as they become stranded in the latter, their

relationship changes. Eventually, Lai has to return to Hong Kong alone. Throughout the film,

Buenos Aires remains alien and almost featureless to the Chinese characters. Wong explains,

“[Happy Together] was not about Buenos Aires, but was somehow more related to Hong Kong”

(Ong). An Argentinean story turns out to be a reflection on Hong Kong’s colonial past and

postcolonial future through exploring the themes of sexuality, masculinity, and identity.

Further, Wong is not the only one who is intrigued by the fantastic city landscape; Hong

Kong urban space is also a major concern of his cinematographer Christopher Doyle, who has

worked with Wong in six of his films. In an interview with CNN, Doyle says:

In my job you look for a response to the space—what we just went through or what we

live in—and as a person who is not of Chinese origin I think the point about why we

engage with a city is that we see it with different eyes and our need is to celebrate that.

Page 17: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

11

How do you respond to a city? You respond emotionally I think. (“Q&A: Christopher

Doyle”)

The cinematographer understands his filmmaking as a response to the everyday life in the city,

and his own relationship with the surrounding space contributes to his aesthetics. His gaze in

Wong Kar-wai’s films is an emotional and celebratory response to Hong Kong and brings

attention to his outsider status, which, instead of hindering his enjoyment of the city, provides

him with a fresh perspective on it.

Space and Theory

In recent years, architecture, city planning, and landscape design have enriched film

studies, a tendency invigorated by the trend of “spatial turn” (Warf 27). Scholars have focused

on space as an interpretive framework for understanding human existence and social relations.

In the 1960s, “spatial turn” swept across a wide range of disciplines, including both the social

sciences and humanities, corresponding to the fast processes of urbanization and globalization.

It represented a major shift in critical focus from temporality and chronology to spatiality and

geography. A few thinkers, such as Henry Lefebvre, Michel Foucault, and Edward Soja, have

made convincing arguments that space matters.

Lefebvre and Foucault were the first to renounce the practice of privileging time over

space, an approach that they believe only led to the neglect of space. They brought attention to

the important role of space in global capitalism. According to Lefebvre, space is a social product

that is ideologically charged and culturally produced. Lefebvre argues that “(Social) Space is a

(social) product… the space thus produced serves as a tool of thought and of action, that in

addition to being a means of production it is a means of control, and hence of domination, of

Page 18: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

12

power” (26). For Lefebvre, space is not passive, neutral, or a pre-existing given. On the

contrary, it is an on-going production of social relations that are active and constantly changing.

Lefebvre believes that space is a stage for the exercise of power. More importantly, according to

him, space is not only political but also ideological. While dominant ideologies influence the

social production of spatiality, space, in return, reinforces or shapes ideologies because

production of space is subject to human interventions and their perception of space (Production

of Space).

Michel Foucault is also deeply engaged in the discussion of space. He is especially

interested in the organization of space in realms of power and politics. Based on the examination

of the exclusion of the leper and the confinement of mental patients as well as criminals,

Foucault argues that space, such as prisons, hospitals, and asylums, is fueled with violent power

struggles. Acknowledging that power struggles are inscribed on space, Foucault points out:

A whole history remains to be written of spaces—which would at the same time be the

history of powers (both these terms in the plural)—from the great strategies of geo-

politics to the little tactics of the habitat, institutional architecture from the classroom to

the design of hospitals, passing via economic and political installations.

(Power/Knowledge 149)

By accentuating the important role of space in power relations, Foucault asserts that the

twentieth century is, above all, a time of space, an epoch in which people are defined precisely

through their relationship with spatiality.

Similarly, Edward Soja contends that in the last hundred years, historicism has unduly

privileged history over geography, which has caused the neglect of spatiality in critical theory.

To challenge this problematic attitude toward space, he encourages the development of spatial

Page 19: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

13

consciousness among intellectuals. He concludes, “We are becoming increasingly aware that we

are, and always have been, intrinsically spatial beings, active participants in the social

construction of our embracing spatialities” (1).

Fredric Jameson also writes extensively on space and on architectural discourse in

particular. In response to the alienated city and the lost sense of place described by Kevin Lynch

in The Image of the City, Jameson proposes “an aesthetic of cognitive mapping,” which seeks to

“endow the individual subject with some new heightened sense of its place in the global system”

(Postmodernism, or, the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism 54). Jameson’s extensive

examination of the hyperspace of the Westin Bonaventure Hotel in downtown Los Angeles

functions as an exemplary work of cognitive mapping of the hotel and the city outside.

Jameson’s observations on Taiwanese cinema are especially useful in my discussion of

Hong Kong urban space in Wong’s films. Jameson’s The Geopolitical Aesthetic: Cinema and

Space in the World System explores the representation and interpretation of space in mass media.

He provides examples of cinematic urban space in late capitalism and examines how cinematic

space allegorizes our sense of place as postmodern subjects. In “Remapping Taipei,” Jameson

focuses mainly on The Terrorizer (1986), a film by Edward Yang, who is a highly-acclaimed

director from the Taiwanese New Wave. Jameson’s article showcases the prevailing hybrid

identity constructed through the presentation of plurality of urban spaces. Yang is often

compared with Antonio Antonioni because of their common obsession with urban landscapes

and depictions of alienated life with an urban backdrop. By juxtaposing Yang’s film with others

such as Blow-up and Orphée, Jameson applauds Yang’s effective ways of using different types

of spaces to define contemporary Taipei.

Page 20: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

14

Through the examination of Yang’s Terrorizer, Jameson concludes that one exclusive

characteristic of the spatiality of this film is “the insistent relationship it establishes between the

individual space and the city as a whole” (The Geopolitical Aesthetic 153). According to

Jameson, Terrorizer creates the urban space as sites of confinement from which the characters

are driven to escape. Although the male characters have access to public space and are therefore

spatially mobile, their female counterparts, such as the novelist and the Eurasian prostitute, are

imprisoned in apartments owned by men or in anonymous hotel rooms. For instance, the

dwelling space of the Eurasian girl, in which her mother locks her, suggests her identity in

society. Jameson explains, “It marks a peculiar intensity of ressentiment which is surely not

unrelated to her socially marginal status and to the exclusion of half-breeds from traditional

Chinese society (as from most other traditional societies)” (The Geopolitical Aesthetic 138). In

Yang’s cinematic Taipei, the individuals’ dwelling spaces, although often on the upper stories of

buildings, for Jameson, “function as cubicles that open onto the city and the street in one way or

another, and which are somehow incomplete and spatially parasitic upon it” (153). Reading the

national allegory into Yang’s multiple cinematic spaces from the traditional, the national, the

multinational, and the transnational, Jameson concludes that all “figure or embody the

unevenness or inequality of the world system” (154).

Space and Film

Film is a combination of spatial and temporal arts. As early as 1911, at the beginning of

film history, Riccioto Canudo announced in his manifesto “The Birth of a Sixth Art” that cinema

“will be a superb conciliation of the Rhythms of Space (the Plastic Arts) and the Rhythms of

Time (Music and Poetry)” (Abel 59). Similarly, Haig Khatchadourian in “Space and Time in

Page 21: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

15

Film” notes, “Space and time are primary organizing or structuring principles of a film; indeed,

in different ways space and/or time are organizing principles of all art, just as they provide the

basic framework of the world and of subjective reality” (British Journal of Aesthetics).

Although the division of spatial arts and temporal arts is somehow outdated and highly

controversial, it is indisputable that film is spatial.

Film as a cultural product is an object of interest for the study of space and spatialization.

Film is spatial the same way sculpture, architecture, and painting are. One of the most

fascinating attributes that distinguish film from other art forms is its ability to capture objects in

motion through spaces and therefore give spatial representation to movement. It creates spatial

illusion on the screen that lures the audience into believing the world in which the stories are set.

In Cinema and the City, Mark Shiel illustrates the essential role that space plays in cinema: space

in reality helps the construction of cinematic space while films in return shape the space in

reality.

What is important to my discussion is Shiel’s conceptualization of two sets of

relationships between space and film: Space in films and films in space. The former, namely

filmic space or cinematic space, according to Shiel, includes “the space of the shot; the space of

the narrative setting; the geographical relationships of various settings in sequence in a film; the

mapping of a lived environment on film” (5). The latter primarily deals with film’s influences on

urban society, as well as its production, distribution, and marketing in certain locations.

Examining the cinematic space in Wong’s films is an investigation of space in films.

Space in films, or cinematic space, is what can fit into a three-dimensional scene with light and

shadow, and it constitutes the fictional world that lures the viewer into believing its reality,

which is largely influenced by elements such as mise-en-scène, camera angles, lenses, lighting,

Page 22: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

16

and music. This analysis of Wong’s cinematic space involves the investigation of all these

elements that constitute the filmmaker’s cinematic city.

By analyzing spatial representations, this study investigates what is not articulated in

Wong’s films: the desires muffled by conformism, social anxieties, and individual aspirations.

Analyzing Wong’s cinematic city helps to articulate this repressed desire, which is absent in the

grand narrative of the success story of Hong Kong. Drawing from his own immigrant

experience, the filmmaker reinvents the city and creates a very subjective version of Hong Kong.

Wong’s cinematic Hong Kong is more than a mere setting for action. Understanding the spatial

organization in his films helps to unravel what is hidden under the disguise of the characters’

seemingly ambiguous attitudes toward their surroundings.

Wong’s cinematic space is important because it is not a neutral site. As a matter of fact,

it embodies ideologies. In “A Mapping of Cinematic Places: Icons, Ideology, and the Power of

(Mis)representation,” Jeff Hopkins explains the essential role of cinematic landscape, which

reflects ideologies as a product of culture, political system, and social customs:

The cinematic landscape is not […] a neutral place of entertainment or an objective

documentation or mirror of the ‘real,’ but an ideologically charged cultural creation

whereby meanings of place and society are made, legitimized, contested, and obscured.

Intervening in the production and consumption of the cinematic landscape will enable us

to question the power and ideology of representation, and the politics and problems of

interpretation. (47)

Hopkins contends that the cinematic space is not a neutral setting for stories but has its own

important role in deciphering the codes of contemporary cultures and ideologies.

Page 23: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

17

The cinematic landscape in Wong’s films expresses what is not said in the ostensibly

personal romances, which might appear to be apolitical. Spatial organization changes as a

response to the development of the identity of Hong Kong, which is interrelated with political

and economic issues and social transformations. The 1960s and the 1990s are two critical

periods in the developing local identity in Hong Kong. The sense of local identity among its

residents started to emerge in the late 1960s. As a result of the industrialization in the 1950s, the

economic development in Hong Kong during the 1960s helped it become one of the four Asian

Tigers along with Taiwan, Singapore, and South Korea. Hong Kong’s economic success boosted

the local inhabitants’ confidence in the colonial system and further separated Hong Kong from

the mainland China. In the 1990s, the approaching 1997 handover of Hong Kong threatened the

very existence of local identity, and many artistic representations of Hong Kong during this

decade showed great concerns about Hong Kong’s unpredictable political future.

City and film

Historically, film has been fascinated by urban space and city life. The Lumière brothers

filmed across Liverpool in 1897, the very second year after motion pictures made their first

appearance in public. Many audiences come to know cities through films before they have

contact with physical or material ones. Great filmmakers, such as Walter Ruttmann, Woody

Allen, and Hou Xiaoxian, are often associated with the cities they depicted in the films.

The cinematic city is never merely a backdrop for actions in that it changes the city and

our perception of it over the course of time. The relationship between cinema and city is best

illustrated by Walter Benjamin in his “The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical

Reproduction,”

Page 24: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

18

Our tavern and our metropolitan streets, our offices and furnished rooms, our railroad

stations and our factories appeared to have us locked up hopelessly. Then came the film

and burst this prison-world asunder by the dynamite of the tenth of a second, so that now,

in the midst of its far-flung ruins and debris, we calmly and adventurously go traveling.

With the close-up, space extends; with slow motion, movement is extended. The

enlargement of a snapshot does not simply render more precise what in any case was

visible, though unclear: it reveals entirely new structural formations of the subject.

(Illuminations 236)

Benjamin celebrates the power of motion picture, which changes our perception of urban space

that is revealed or extended by the camera as well as our experience of the city. This new

technology at Benjamin’s time turns the passive and powerless urban residents into active

travelers and adventurers.

Jean Baudrillard is also fascinated by the nexus of cinema and city, and he notes that in

this media-laden postmodern world, media shapes our experience of reality and involves us more

deeply with an artificial world that simulates a lost reality. We are so preoccupied by the

simulacra that, to us, the simulations are no less real than the reality they simulate. Commenting

on the relationship between celluloid U.S. cities and those in reality, Baudrillard observes, “The

American city seems to have stepped right out of the movies. To grasp its secret, you should not,

then, begin with the city and move inwards towards the screen; you should begin with the screen

and move outwards towards the city” (America 56). According to him, one first experiences an

American city through its cinematic representation. In other words, the representation of city

precedes the represented.

Page 25: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

19

The representation of Hong Kong in Wong’s films destabilizes and subverts the grand

narrative of this city. Instead of following the hegemonic representation of the city as a capitalist

success and economic miracle, Wong focuses on characters that are not included in the meta-

narrative of the success story. In “The Hi/stories of Hong Kong,” Esther M. K. Cheung argues

that histories of Hong Kong, framed by British historians such as Nigel Cameron, Alan Birch,

and Frank Welsh,

pay very little reference to various kinds of miseries produced by modernity

(exploitation, alienation, uneven development), not to mention the history of pre-colonial

and rural Hong Kong or the history of everyday life that embody many historical

anomalies about which the Hong Kong grant narrative cannot absorb and silence. (565)

In this context, Wong’s urban narratives attempt to rewrite Hong Kong’s history through

depicting everyday life, which is largely ignored by the British historians. In his cinematic Hong

Kong, Wong articulates the alienation, miseries, and the suppressed desires of the marginalized

characters. Rather than taking a god-like view of the city from an aerial level and seeing only

the economic success, Wong starts his story from down below and gives voice to the silenced

and the oppressed.

The filmmaker’s “down below” viewpoint depicts the urban experience of Hong Kong,

and the true knowledge of the place comes from the inside rather than the outside. Michel de

Certeau argues that looking down upon the city from a point high above transfigures the viewer:

“It transforms the bewitching world by which one was ‘possessed’ into a text that lies before

one’s eyes. It allows one to read it, to be a solar Eye, looking down like a god” (92). According

to Certeau, in a text created from the ground-level:

Page 26: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

20

The ordinary practitioners of the city live ‘down below’, below the thresholds at which

visibility begins. They walk—an elementary form of this experience of the city: they are

walkers, Wandersmänner, whose bodies follow the thicks and thins of an urban ‘text’

they are able to write without being able to read it. (93)

Wong Kar-wai’s perception is not distant and above but close and “down below.” Like Eileen

Chang, a Shanghainese woman writer in the 1940s, who devoted her writing to Shanghainese

urbanites’ everyday life, Wong gives priority to the politics of the everyday, however

insignificant and sentimental, instead of the grand narratives of nationalism or the rational. This

is where Wong starts his narratives of Hong Kong, the ground-level that concentrates on

individual characters’ everyday activities in the city.

Hong Kong as a City

Wong Kar-wai’s films exclusively concentrate on urban space. The construction of

cinematic space in his films is the construction of urban Hong Kong. The development of Hong

Kong as a city influenced and continues to influence the urban space of today.

What is city? The origin of the English word “city” can be traced back to the Latin word

civitas, which translates Aristotle’s polis, referring to a city “in the sense of a city-state, a self-

governing political unit comprising one city and its surrounding territory” (The Defender of the

Peace xlii). From the definition, it is obvious that autonomy is one defining characteristic of the

city.

However, in Chinese, the word “city” has different implications. The word for “city” in

Chinese is chengshi. It is made of two characters: cheng, meaning “walled city,” and shi, which

means “market.” It suggests two major functions of city: first, to protect its residents from

Page 27: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

21

outsiders; second, to trade. Nevertheless, as the word has evolved, it has taken on new meanings.

Yingjin Zhang explains the changing meaning of the Chinese concept of city,

Shi has become disassociated from the concept of market and is now increasingly

associated with a large city or metropolis (dushi or duhui), particularly treaty ports and

commercial manufacturing centers such as Shanghai or Guangzhou (Canton), where

industry and trade seem to matter more than politics and culture in the modern era. (The

City in Modern Chinese Literature and Film 7)

In this sense, Hong Kong, like Shanghai, is also a city for its significant role in industry and trade

rather than politics and culture. In terms of its administrative system, Hong Kong has been a

semi-autonomous city-state since 1841. It was first under the control of the British and then

became a Special Administrative Region (SAR) of China after 1997.

Hong Kong is what Robert Redfield and Milton B. Singer called “a heterogenetic city.”

It is not a place that carries on an old culture and an old order but “a place of conflict of differing

traditions, a center of heresy, heterodoxy and dissent, of interruption and destruction of ancient

tradition, of rootlessness and anomie” (58). Located in the frontier between the East and the

West, Hong Kong had remained a “barren rock,” a remote place of wilderness for exiles, and a

small fishing village until 1842, when it was ceded to the British as the Crown Colony. It

eventually turned into a colonial port city, and its economy heavily depended on its role as a

trading port in the British Empire. Unlike most Western cities, which came into being as a

direct result of the Industrial Revolution, the development of technology, and the migration of

rural populations to urban areas, the urbanization of Hong Kong, like many other Asian cities,

cannot be separated from the history of colonization. Deprived of political decision-making,

Page 28: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

22

Hong Kong focused on the development of its economy, and, by the 1970s, it had transformed

into a city of entrepreneurs.

In terms of its political system, Hong Kong is a city-state because the residents share

Chinese cultural identity and form a political entity under one unitary system of government.

Hong Kong comprises 235 islands and one small peninsula from Mainland China including four

major sectors: Hong Kong Island, Kowloon, the New Territories, and the Outlying Islands. As a

city-state, Hong Kong, like Singapore, enjoyed semi-autonomous status as a Crown Colony

between 1841 and 1997. After 1997, it became a Special Administrative Region (SAR), like

Macao, under the rule of the People’s Republic of China. Hong Kong residents refer themselves

as “shimin,” which in Chinese means “city people,” in the recognition of themselves as the

people of Hong Kong in terms of civic identity. This marks them as different from the majority

of Chinese in China, who identify themselves as “Chinese.”

Hong Kong presents too many issues at once, and there is no easy way to conceptualize it

as a city. First of all, it is a trading port, a former British colony, a former Asian tiger, a

commercial center, a global city, a postmodern city, a world financial center. Further, it is one of

the most densely populated places in the world with a mixture of Chinese traditions and Western

influence. Hong Kong became one of the two SARs of China under the principle of “one

country, two systems.” This policy for Hong Kong is to have one China but allow Hong Kong to

enjoy its own capitalist economic and political systems for fifty years after the 1997 turnover.

Although Hong Kong is not completely independent politically, it now enjoys a high degree of

autonomy in internal affairs and keeps its own delegation in international organizations,

including the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum, the Financial Action Task Force, the

Olympic Games, and the World Trade Organization under the name of “Hong Kong, China.”

Page 29: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

23

Hong Kong cinema and local identity

In this dissertation, identity refers to who Wong’s characters are in relation to Hong

Kong, the British colonizers, and the Republic of China. My interpretation of these characters’

identity is based on the observation of their experiences in Wong’s cinematic Hong Kong in the

1960s, 1980s, and 1990s. As identity is determined by gender, class, and culture, among others,

it has different implications for different people. For instance, the first-generation Chinese

immigrants in the lower spectrum of Hong Kong society, with lower income and no Western

education background, are more inclined to hold on to their roots in mainland China and cling to

a Chinese identity. In contrast, those who are born and bred in the colony, receive Western

education with higher income and more prestigious occupations, tend to resist the Chinese

identity and claim themselves to be Hong Kongnese. Although it is impossible for Wong’s

characters to represent every Hong Kong resident’s struggle with local identity, there is no doubt

that his fictional accounts offer an insight into the actual struggle with local identity in Hong

Kong.

Since Wong Kar-wai films are part of the cinema of Hong Kong and the question of

identity was not raised by him alone, it is important to know how films about Hong Kong in

general tackle the issues of local identity. Hong Kong cinema, whether commercial or art-house,

as a cultural product has displayed great concerns for local identity, the distinctive sense of

which did not come to public attention until the 1970s. Regarding the important relationship

between Hong Kong cinema and the notion of identity, Teo in “Local and Global Identity:

Whither Hong Kong Cinema?” observes: “if I were to choose one word to characterize Hong

Kong cinema, I would choose Identity. To my mind, Hong Kong cinema is obsessed with the

Page 30: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

24

notion of identity. It is a cinema that constantly asks of Hong Kong people, Who Am I?” Teo

gives the example of Jackie Chan’s film Who Am I (1998), a story about a policeman who loses

his memory, and he has to find out his own identity in time before he is killed. Another good

example is the trilogy of Infernal Affairs (2002-2003) directed by Wai-keung Lau and Alan Mak.

These three films tell one story about an undercover policeman infiltrating the triads and

identifying a mole planted by the same triads’ head in the police department. Crisis of identity

arises as two moles strive to maintain control: the undercover policeman loses his identity as a

cop and tries to get it back while the mole, promoted to a high position in the police department,

fights to be a real cop.

Abbas contends that new Hong Kong cinema emerged during the 1980s as a result of a

stronger demand for local identity. He observes, “[n]ow faced with the uncomfortable

possibility of an alien identity about to be imposed on it from China, Hong Kong is experiencing

a kind of last-minute collective search for a more definite identity” (Hong Kong: Culture and

Politics of Disappearance 4). Influenced by Hong Kong’s unique geohistorical situations and

the formation of local identity, the new Hong Kong cinema addresses the anxieties and

complexity of political issues through visual images on the screen.

The formation of Hong Kong identity cannot be easily traced since identity is not fixed

but malleable and forever changing. Many scholars believe that the gradual emergence of local

identity in Hong Kong started in the 1960s, a decade in which Hong Kong, plagued by riots and

natural disasters, witnessed a shift in the discourse of identity from a refugee mentality to a

different self-perception as Hong Kong became a permanent settlement. After Hong Kong’s

economy took off and became one of the four Asian Tigers in the 1970s, the colonial

government gradually tightened up regulations on Chinese immigration, and, as a result, Hong

Page 31: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

25

Kong was further disconnected from mainland China. Cantonese, the vernacular language of

Hong Kong, took the place of Mandarin and became popular in the mass media. The popularity

of Cantonese contributed to the formation of a local identity. Before the 1970s, local art works

were more preoccupied with the national past and anti-Japanese narrative than anything else.

After the events at Tiananmen Square in 1989, citizens of Hong Kong became anxious, or even

fearful, toward the approaching deadline, anticipating the end of freedoms and wealth and

suddenly felt the urge to look back to their most recent colonial past.

The confusion over identity resulted from the unique and complex history of the city.

Hong Kong, in her transformation from a small fishing village to a modern-day international

financial center, has changed hands and gone through countless trials. In the late eighteenth

century, when European Imperialism reached the East, China, a self-sufficient agricultural

country with very limited needs to import from the outside, gained large amounts of silver from

Europe. In order to stop the trade deficit, British merchants smuggled opium into China against

Chinese law, which led to two opium wars from 1839 to 1842 and from 1856 to 1860. Already

corrupt and weak, in addition to being poorly equipped, the Chinese forces sent out by the Qing

government were quickly defeated in both wars. As a result, the Chinese government was forced

to accept the notorious Treaty of Nanking, which stipulated that the Chinese had to open

additional ports for trade to Britain. This treaty also demanded the cession of Hong Kong to

Britain for one hundred and fifty five years and twenty-one million silver dollars paid to Britain

in compensation for the expenses of the wars and the opium that the Chinese had confiscated and

destroyed. During the Second World War, without adequate naval or air backup, the British

surrendered to the Japanese. As a result of this surrender, the Imperial Japanese administration

ruled Hong Kong for more than three years. In 1982, Margaret Thatcher visited China and

Page 32: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

26

signed the Sino-British Joint Declaration with Prime Minister Zhao Ziyang from the PRC in

1984. This ended more than 150 years of British colonial rule in Hong Kong and transferred it

to the Chinese government.

Hong Kong did not have its own voice in deciding its own fate from the very beginning

of colonial history. Between China and the Britain, Hong Kong is an object, a prize possession,

a negotiating chip in the two nations’ contest for power. It was rendered without agency in the

process of colonization. Aimé Césaire and Robin D.G. Kelly in their book Discourse on

Colonialism point out that the dehumanizing nature of colonialism othered the colonized and

made them “an instrument of production” (177) to serve imperial expansion. Hong Kong, as

merely an instrument deprived of any participation in politics, lost not only its independence but

also its agency. According to Albert Memmi, the colonized was “neither responsible nor guilty

nor skeptical, for he is out of the game. He is in no way a subject of history any more…always

as an object. He has forgotten how to participate actively in history and no longer even asks to

do so” (158). Colonial subjects became things that did not have control over their own fates.

Although many Hong Kong Chinese had identified with their ancestors in mainland

China, the city witnessed a shift in their political allegiance from the prevailing nationalism to a

third identity over the last fifty years. This shift has largely been due to Hong Kong emerging as

a melting pot of Eastern and Western influences. The Chinese identity seems distant and

strange, especially among the younger generations who receive Western education and whose

favorite places are cafes and McDonalds. Instead, they identify themselves as Hong Kong

Chinese instead of simply Chinese or British.

Nevertheless, although Hong Kong survived colonial rule and managed to prosper in the

colonial era, the colonized never fully identified with the colonizer. In Rey Chow’s words, “the

Page 33: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

27

Chinese never emotionally consented to British colonialism. For 155 years, they had refused to

forget that Hong Kong was a Chinese city” (“Hong Kong in Hong Kong Watching the

‘Handover’ from the U.S.A.” 307). For instance, in Hong Kong, English has become important

next to Cantonese in not only classrooms but also residents’ daily lives. The popularity of the

English language contributes tremendously to the construction of the local cultural identity.

However, the use of English, the language of the ruling class, is often associated with the

privileged, the colonizer, and the master. A native writer of Hong Kong, Leung Pin-kwan,

recalls his early experience with this language: “English is valued as an asset in business, it is

essential in the service professions, yet I am not interested in business English, and I am

uncomfortable watching programs on Hong Kong television teaching English only as ‘service

English’” (Bolton 200). As the colonial language, English reflects a racial hierarchy, shaping

people’s perception of themselves as well as the world and changing indigenous cultures.

Those who identified themselves as Hong Kong Chinese felt betrayed when the British

denied their right to democracy until 1994. The political reform, which brought to the about-to-

be-decolonized Hong Kong by the leaving British colonial ruler, was more of a questionable

parting gift. The colonial British government, represented by the last governor Patten,

introduced democracy in the last few years right before the turnover. This last-minute action led

Mark Roberti to point out, “it was not until Britain had formally agreed to return Hong Kong to

China that the Hong Kong government began introducing democratic reforms. China had every

right to feel tricked. Democracy, it seemed, was good for Hong Kong only when the British

were no longer running it” (305).

However, the Hong Kong citizens’ identification with Chineseness is not unproblematic

either. Before the reformation conducted by the colonial administration in the 1970s, people in

Page 34: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

28

Hong Kong were nostalgic about their national past and preoccupied with the possible reunion

with the Chinese mainland. In Hong Kong Cinema: Coloniser, Motherland and Self, Yingchi

Chu explores the development of Hong Kong cinema from the colonial time to the postcolonial

era. He argues that Hong Kong films before 1956 are an integral part of Chinese national

cinema. In the 1950s, because Cold War started and Western forces boycotted the mainland,

Hong Kong cinema turned from a national cinema to a diasporic cinema. It gradually lost China

as its center of attention and turned to the overseas Chinese for new markets. In addition to the

disconnection that already existed because of years of separation, the event of Tiananmen Square

in 1989 further distanced residents of Hong Kong from China and stopped them from identifying

themselves as Chinese. They were now afraid that Hong Kong would soon become a part of

China, ruled by a communist regime. Yash P. Ghai remarks,

It is an identity of ambiguity, traditional and yet modern, which, for example, has been

nourished on the freedoms of Western liberalism but does not fully accommodate it

within its mind set, or is suspicious of communist china yet hurries to make peace with

(even to placate) it—perhaps because it is founded on the morality of commerce. (33)

Torn between British and Chinese, the East and the West, colonial and local, traditional and

modern, Hong Kong locals articulated their desire for a localized and hyphenated identity.

The notion of Hong Kong identity in the city’s transition period involves an articulation

of the indigenist desire, an active political defiance against the grand narratives of both Britain

and China. In Staging Hong Kong, Rozanna Lilley states, “To speak of ‘Hong Kong identity’

was an active articulation, a violent gesture, which attempted to compel recognition of the

existence of Hong Kong people, an existence too often viewed as inert and apathetic by other

players on the political scene” (284). Given this, it is not surprising that the films of Wong Kar-

Page 35: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

29

wai primarily deal with the issues of identity. He is part of the younger generation in Hong

Kong who lived through this dynamic social transformation. Although Wong’s films involve the

past and loss, they observe the world around them from the perspective of a new generation, like

the filmmaker himself, who was raised and educated in Hong Kong. The older generation’s

nostalgia for the old country is forever lost to the young. To them, the home that their parents

dream of returning to is no more than a dream. Therefore, in Wong’s trilogy, Shanghai, his own

birthplace which he left at five, is only a vague memory or perhaps an imaginary place that he

conjured up from the memory of the older generation.

Wong’s Cinematic Hong Kong

This analysis of Wong’s films is composed of two groups, each of which contains three

chapters. In the first group, the three chapters focus on the modern, colonial, and diasporic space

through examining Wong’s 1960s films: Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love and 2046.

The three chapters in the second group concentrate on the postmodern and postcolonial urban

space in Wong’s 1990s films: As Tears Go by, Chungking Express and Fallen Angels.

The construction of the cinematic city in the 1960s differs from that in the 1990s films.

Wong’s version of Hong Kong during the1960s, dominated by diasporic identity, shows the

characters mostly confined to their private dwelling places, dark and enclosed claustrophobic

spaces. The configuration of space and time unique to Hong Kong revolves around the motifs of

transition, ephemerality, and an absence of local identity. The settings are temporary places for

residence, and forever-moving trains surround the refugee mentality that dominated the city

during the 1960s. The majority of the residents viewed Hong Kong as a stepping stone to

somewhere else. To them, the city is a place that is full of possibilities and often provokes

Page 36: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

30

questions starting with “what if.” All these produce an illusion of a drifting world forever in

motion. Wong’s films set in the 1960s present a liminal identity that is embodied by Yuddy in

Days of Being Wild and Chow Muyun in the film In the Mood for Love and 2046. As Yuddy

imagines Philippines, instead of mainland China, as his place of origin, other characters in Days

of Being Wild are too caught up in their lives to engage in any discussions about their identities.

Similarly, Chow experiences the dispersal of the Shanghainese community in In the Mood for

Love and eventually moves to the anonymous and temporary hotel room in 2046. In these films,

the exterior landscape is simply neglected as there is a noticeable lack of traditional establishing

shots from outside to show the location of the narratives. Although the trilogy takes place in

Hong Kong, there are rarely shots of any landmarks in the city. As a result, Hong Kong itself

does not seem important. These films’ privileging the interior over the exterior space omits the

location of these works and further accentuates the diasporic identity.

In Wong’s films set in and after 1980s, male characters, outlaws and policemen alike,

show more confidence in their relationships with their surroundings. They are more often seen

in outdoor public spaces, chasing each other in the urban space in attempts to take control of the

territory. These characters show strong connections with Hong Kong. For instance, Wah and

Fly in As Tears Go by show their roots in rural Hong Kong, while Cop #223 in Chungking

Express and the killer in Fallen Angel both reveal that they have been educated in Hong Kong.

The cinematic space of the 1960s articulates a strong diasporic identity that was

predominant among displaced Chinese emigrants. The Shanghainese community is one of these

huaqiao (overseas Chinese) groups. From this perspective, Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for

Love, and 2046 deemphasize Hong Kong since the emigrants are still too involved in their past to

see the host city. The camera eye aligns itself with the perspective of these emigrants and

Page 37: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

31

presents a Hong Kong that is obscured by Shanghai. In these films, no establishing shots are

ever used to locate the setting of Hong Kong. The city merely exists as a backdrop and is rarely

mentioned.

However, Wong’s films set in the 1980s and 1990s express a distinct Hong Kong

identity. In contrast to the ambivalent imageries in the films set in the 1960s, the cityscape in

Wong’s films set in the 1980s and 1990s is unmistakably Hong Kong. Establishing shots

highlight the landscape of the city, distinctive buildings, familiar streets, crowds, and foreign

residents. Characters are more active and more aggressive. They start running around in public

domain, not afraid of being seen in the streets as they fight for control. These characters deviate

from the relatively passive characters in the 1960s films who are never sure of their own places

or fates, avoid crowds, and hide inside their apartments. Also, the 1960s films rarely show

characters embedded in a family structure to suggest their homelessness and rootlessness,

whereas characters in the 1980s and 1990s films often reveal their family connections. For

instance, Ngor is Wah’s cousin in as Tears Go by. Faye is her boss’s cousin in Chungking

Express. The mute lives with his father in Fallen Angels. In terms of soundtrack, Wong uses

Western music almost exclusively in the 1960s films, yet he utilizes Cantonese songs and

traditional operas alluding to Chinese heritage in his 1980s and 1990s films. Also, in films set in

the 1960s, characters are often seen in temporary dwellings, such as hotel rooms and residential

buildings, from which they soon move; in films from the 1980s and 1990s, characters often have

their own apartments, living in a relatively stable environment.

The cinematic Hong Kong in the 1960s is configured through controlled visual images,

such as fetishized shots of female bodies, to conjure up an ordered world, from the perspective of

the male characters, who are powerless subjects and exilic outsiders. These elements manifest

Page 38: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

32

throughout In the Mood for Love as Su Lizhen, a woman who is trapped in her marriage with an

unfaithful husband, is always seen in her stunningly beautiful cheongsam. No matter where she

goes, she dresses up for the voyeuristic camera eye. The tight dress, on one hand, effectively

enhances the actress’ sexy figure; on the other, it restricts her movements and reinforces order

and discipline as they are defined from the male perspectives. The fact that the art director,

William Chang, was in charge of clothing design for this film further suggests that men literally

control women’s look. In an interview, Maggie Cheung recalls her experience with cheongsam,

saying: “It was difficult at first. I wasn’t used to it. [The dress] was tight. When you turn your

head, you’d feel strangled. The high heels, the hairstyle took four hours. It was hard” (Camhi).

Order is eventually restored as Su Lizhen refrains from fulfilling her desires in order to act in

accordance with the responsibilities of a traditional Chinese wife.

This need for control is absent in the 1980s and 1990s films as the female characters are

financially independent and do not dress for men. They work as a flight attendant, a helper in

restaurants, and a killer’s partner. Ngor in As Tears Go by is seen in plain clothing. Faye

doesn’t even look feminine in Chungking Express: she is a tomboy with short hair who always

wears shirts and long pants. Although the female agent in Fallen Angels wears black stockings,

low-cut dresses, and mini skirts, she is more dangerous than seductive. Her gothic look is

associated with destruction and death. She scouts murder spots for the killer. Therefore,

whenever she goes to work, death follows. Also, the scene of her masturbating in the killer’s bed

further excludes men from her world and suggests her identity as a self-sufficient woman, one

who seeks pleasure independently of relationships with men.

Despite all the dissimilarities, the imageries of Hong Kong in Wong’s films set in the

1960s, 1980s, and 1990s share common features. For instance, both groups of films register a

Page 39: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

33

strong sense of transiency, the dominant theme of the “moment,” which often accompanies a

character’s loneliness and desire to belong as a result of the place’s complex relation with the

motherland, the British colonial administration, and the self. This quality of transiency,

inscribed in the characters’ displacement and disorientation, reverberates with Hong Kong’s

colonial history and the impending postcolonial era. The cinematic space also embodies the

residents’ lack of a strong sense of local history in addition to their confusion, fear, and anxiety

toward the uncertain present and the unpredictable future. Projected onto the cinematic space,

these fears and anxieties are manifested through an overall unsettling feel associated with the

setting.

This poignant sense of transiency is a reflection of Hong Kong as a city of immigrants

where large numbers of migrants congregate, a place characterized by the trajectory of border

crossings. The phrase “borrowed place—borrowed time,” first used by writer Han Suyin in

“Hong Kong’s Ten-Year Miracle” published in Life in 1959 and later adopted by Australian

writer Richard Joseph Hughes (1906-1984) in Hong Kong: Borrowed Place, Borrowed Time

published in 1968, is the most quoted phrase to describe life in Hong Kong. Under the colonial,

postcolonial, and postmodern condition, the residents’ refugee and immigrant mentality

produced a strong sense of contingency, temporality, transiency, and ephemerality, which

contribute greatly to the experience of Hong Kong.

Wong’s films define and redefine the idea of home as the characters never cease

struggling against their fates, and they only wait to be relocated again. The resulting inner

restlessness is externalized as the characters frequently cross national borders, or escape from

mountain to desert, from inner Hong Kong to outer, or onto some future train. Unlike other

travelers who search for thrills in the exotic world, these protagonists escape there to find solace.

Page 40: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

34

For instance, Chow Muyun from In the Mood for Love has to travel to Angkor Wat to find a hole

in an ancient wall to voice his secrets and pain. Their travel is a flight, and life to them is

divided into different brief stops from which they must soon depart. In some ways, they are not

too different from the legless bird in Days of Being Wild that never stops flying until it is dead.

They voluntarily banish themselves to the foreign and unknown, cut off all the bonds with the

familiar, vent their secrets to a hole, and pretend to move on, yet they are incapable of settling

down comfortably anywhere else.

The imagery of Wong’s cityscape resonates with the nature of Hong Kong itself and

accordingly provides ephemeral and often uncertain narratives. The recurring temporary spaces,

such as the tight quarters in In the Mood for Love, the basement in Days of Being Wild, the hotel

rooms in 2046 and Chungking Express, and the back seats of cabs in Happy Together, In the

Mood for Love, and 2046, support the theme of constant motion and sweeping changes. In his

study of Hong Kong in the postcolonial era, Abbas observes:

Hong Kong has up to quite recently been a city of transients. Much of the population was

made up of refugees or expatriates who thought of Hong Kong as a temporary stop, no

matter how long they stayed. The sense of the temporary is very strong, even if it can be

entirely counter factual. The city is not so much a place as a space of transit. It has

always been, and will perhaps always be, a port in the most literal sense—a doorway, a

point in between –even though the nature of the port has changed. A port city that used

to be located at the intersections of different times or speeds. (Hong Kong: Culture and

the Politics of Disappearance 4)

Abbas’s observation accurately captures the essence of Hong Kong, which is populated with

people who are always from somewhere else, and they are ready to move again to seek stability

Page 41: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

35

and prosperity in life. In this sense, Hong Kong is a gateway that, for some, signifies possibility,

opportunity, and adventure, but for others, the city may entail chaos and uncertainty.

In the 1980s and 1990s, there is still a strong sense of exile lingering on as the city

became again unsettled by political concerns. Justin Clemens and Dominic Pettman observe that

the city “ has been cut loose from its previous colonial moorings, and now floats uncannily

between the political grids that link Chinese and British history” (131). The sentiments of lone

characters alienated from the mainstream combined with the free-floating feelings typical in the

postmodern era torment Wong’s characters during the transition from Britain’s last colonial city

to a global city. The director was again plunged into another world of turmoil due to the

handover. Urban space in Wong’s films set in the 1980s and 1990s continues to be ruled by

uncertainty and is subject to disruption of violence. The sense of rootlessness is only more

prominent through Wong’s representation of spaces that are defined by a lack of history and

identity such as the non-place in Chungking Express. The prevailing symptoms of amnesia and

schizophrenia among the characters in Fallen Angels further question the traditional notions of

subjectivity and paint a bleak picture of contemporary Hong Kong.

The construction of such a cinematic space is inspired by both the past as well as the

present Hong Kong. The sentiments among Hong Kongers were complicated and the attitude

toward nationalism and the colonial government ambiguous. Ever since the Qing government

ceded Hong Kong to Great Britain, anti-colonial sentiment had been strong among Chinese in

Hong Kong. Many films and works of literature never stopped displaying their longing for

China and their desires to be reunited with the mainland. The Star Ferry riots in 1966, induced

by the raise of ferry fares, pressed the colonial administration to make changes. As a result of

the anti-government riots, the colonial rulers were forced to change their attitudes and adopt

Page 42: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

36

indirect rule in Hong Kong. The credibility of the Chinese government became severely

damaged because of the negative image of the Communists, formed by two incidents: the 1967

disturbance of Hong Kong and the Tiananmen incident of 1989. Gradually, due to economic

success and steady social development, a local identity emerged among the younger generations

in Hong Kong, which replaced the older generations’ imagining of the national Chinese

community.

The impact of present political relations, social conditions, and cultural issues on Wong’s

nostalgic films and works from the 1990s should not be overlooked. In his 1960s films, the

reinvention of the past is closely related to the political situation in Hong Kong during the 1990s.

In addition to the approaching handover and the strong sentiment of the Fin de Siecle, Hong

Kong also developed at an incredibly fast rate, which caused a rapid disappearance of the things

that people used to know. As part of the search for a local identity, heritage preservation

suddenly became important. Many films follow this trend in the cinema of Hong Kong, such as

Wong Kar-wai’s trilogy, Stanley Kwan’s Rouge, Ann Hui’s Song of Exile, Peter Chan’s He ain’t

Heavy, he is My Brother, and Stephen Chow’s Kung Fu Hustle. All these films, while being

attempts to recall the past by a fusion of past images, actually reflect on the present situations.

One photo of Wong Kar-wai on the cover of Wong Kar-wai, a collection of articles on

Wong’s films edited by Jean-Marc Lalanne, best demonstrates the kind of diasporic quality in

Wong’s 1960s, 1980s, and 1990s films. In the photo with an overexposed orange color that

indicates a nostalgic overtone, the filmmaker, dressed in black, is sitting in a small room with

minimal furniture, reminiscent of all the sleazy hotel rooms in his films: an iron bed on his left, a

peeled dark-red chair on the right. Wong is seated in front of a bed stand with his eyes covered

by a pair of dark sunglasses. In the picture, the room is an enclosed space without a window or a

Page 43: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

37

door. The only thing that reminds one of the outside world and distinguishes the place from a

prison is the painting of a beacon hanging on the wall few inches above the filmmaker’s head.

Wong, partly confined and partly protected by this small enclosed space, presses his palms

together and hides a large portion of his face behind them as if he is meditating or praying or

whispering. His gesture reminds one of Chow Muyun from In the Mood for Love. Near the end

of the film, Chow whispers into his cupped hands as he reveals his secrets into a hole in Angkor

Wat.

Wong’s early experiences of dislocation and alienation result in certain pattern of spatial

organization in his films set in the 1960s, 1980s, and 1990s. When asked why geographical

factors play such an important role in his films, Wong replies: “For some time, I was totally

alienated, and it was like the biggest nightmare of my life. It might not be conscious, but

certainly I have an intense feeling for geographical upheavals” (Lalanne 88). Wong Kar-wai’s

works belong to what Hamid Naficy defines as “accented cinema,” which refers to films that

respond to exilic experience with double voices: one articulates cinematic traditions and the

other reflects diasporic traditions. Naficy’s concept of accented cinema is similar to “mulatto” or

“mulatta,” terms used by Henry Louis Gates, Jr. to refer to black texts which have two voices:

one utilizes Romance and Germanic languages and literary tradition, while the other articulates a

strong black vernacular tradition. As a way of distinguishing accented cinema from the

mainstream cinema, Nacify states, “if the classical cinema has generally required that

components of style, such as mise-en-scène, filming, and editing, produce a realistic rendition of

the world, the exilic accent must be sought in the manner in which realism is, if not subverted, at

least inflected differently” (22). The cinematic city in Wong’s films is a subjective experience,

in which realism is altered to create a new actuality that reflects an exilic subjectivity. The

Page 44: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

38

filmmaker translates his personal experience of diaspora into films by writing the observations in

his childhood as a new immigrant in Hong Kong onto the filmic narratives.

To divide films according to time, it is necessary to know that there are generally two

conceptions of time in cinema: the time in which the film was made and the time within the

fictional world of the film. Acknowledging the effects of the historical context on film’s form

and content when it is made, critics such as Stephen Teo and Peter Brunette arrange their

discussions of Wong’s films around chronological order. However, this study examines his

films based on the time period in which they are set, i.e., the fictional time. My study will

follow this sequence: Days of Being Wild (1990), In the Mood for Love (2002), 2046 (2004), As

Tears Go by (1989), Chungking Express (1995), and Fallen Angels (1996). With this kind of

arrangement, my analysis aims to unfold an account of the main historical development of Hong

Kong.

This approach of dividing the six films into two groups is based on the filmmaker’s own

idea of grouping his films. Wong’s films set in the 1960s are three parts of one story, and

Chungking Express and Fallen Angels belong to one unit. In an interview, when asked why he

didn’t make a sequel to Days of Being Wild, Wong answers, “I think I made it already…In the

Mood for Love and 2046 basically, to me, is like the second part of that dream” (Schwartz).

Therefore, when these films are viewed together, one big story is discernible. As a matter of fact,

Chow Muyun from In the Mood for Love and 2046 is also seen in the last scene in Days of Being

Wild. This individual links the three films, which show a clear development of the character.

Likewise, Chungking Express and Fallen Angels are also meant to be one part of a story. Wong

says:

Page 45: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

39

Chungking Express and Fallen Angels are one film that should be three hours long. I

always think these two films should be seen together as a double bill…Chungking

Express and Fallen Angels together are the bright and dark of Hong Kong. I see the films

as inter-reversible. (Ong)

Similar to two sides of a coin, Chungking Express and Fallen Angels represents two sides of

Hong Kong. As Chungking Express shows the audience the bright side of the city, Fallen Angels

attends to the dark side. Seeing the possibility of grouping As Tears Go by, Chungking Express

and Fallen Angels as one unity, Lalanne says: “Fallen Angels can at once be thought of as one of

the episodes intended for Chungking Express and as a possible follows-up to As Tears Go By”

(9).

Further, the look of Hong Kong is consistent throughout Wong’s 1960s films, although

every individual film explores a different aspect of the city. The same is true with Wong’s

contemporary films. There are different kinds of consistency in the use of music, mise-en-scène,

spatial arrangement, and visual styles that structure the two groups and create different

impressions of the same city. These disparate depictions of Hong Kong in these two groups

delineate changes in the characters’ attitude toward the city and the progression of their cultural

identities. Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love, and 2046 offer a glimpse at an expatriate’s

life in Hong Kong of the 1960s. As Tears Go by, Chungking Express, and Fallen Angels provide

a view of the image of the city different from those depicted in the first group by offering a

portrait of contemporary Hong Kong as already affected by the signing of Joint Declaration in a

global and postmodern era.

The first part of the dissertation examines the theme of diaspora by investigating spatial

arrangements in Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love, and 2046. To explore the diasporic

Page 46: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

40

experience in Hong Kong during the 1960s, Wong employs a series of private romantic

narratives, retrieving the collective native memory of Hong Kong and resisting the official

narrative of success. The protagonists’ romantic encounters with various women parallel the

struggles of the colonial subject with identity, which are both inscribed in the fluid and open

space that problematizes traditional notions of home, nationalism, and identity. In these films, a

return to the mainland as the motherland becomes impossible, indicated by the portrait of the

central characters that are disconnected from China. The characters turn to the Shanghai

community in Hong Kong or even to a fictional place in the Philippines rather than the mainland

to locate their origins.

The second chapter, “The Liminal Space—Days of Being Wild,” focuses on Hong Kong

as a highly imaginative city that is retrieved and reinvented from memory. To the Shanghainese

migrants who are the central protagonists of the film, Hong Kong is absent, and the strong

presence of Shanghai takes its place. This is conveyed through the predominant image of

Yuddy’s foster mother, a former Shanghainese courtesan, her luxurious lifestyle, and the

Shanghai dialect she speaks. Yuddy’s struggle for control over his surroundings draws attention

to a strong sense of displacement and loss, which is an integral part of diasporic life. Yuddy’s

journey to find his biological mother in the Philippines parallels his generation’s search for

identity. His individual frustration comes to signify his generation’s failure to locate where they

come from and who they are. The answers to the questions are forever lost in the past. The

metaphor of the “legless bird,” to which Yuddy repeatedly compares himself, accurately captures

the essence of his generation’s experience of the city. Because of the uncertainty of the past and

the future, they lead rootless lives that resemble that of the legless bird that flies all the time and

only stops when it is dead.

Page 47: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

41

The third chapter concentrates on the interiors of the apartments within a Shanghai

community, the disappearance of which at the end of the film marks the end of a memorable era

in Hong Kong and gives way to the emergence of local identity. The primary setting of the tight

quarters, dimly lit and windowless, largely restricts the characters’ movement and puts them

under the close watch of their judging neighbors like Foucault’s panopticon. This further

emphasizes the diasporic experience and the expatriates’ struggle with dislocation and

estrangement. In the Mood for Love, by means of the characters’ spatial relationship with their

surroundings, reveals the tension and even conflicts between traditional Chinese ideas and

modern Western values.

The fourth chapter explores the relationship between Hong Kong’s colonial past, the

postcolonial present, and the future through the film 2046. In this film, while the Shanghainese

identity gradually fades away, the identity of Hong Kong as a melting pot becomes increasingly

distinctive as Chow Muyun leaves the apartment building, moves into the Oriental Hotel, and

mingles with migrants from other places of China who also seek safety and stability amid the

political turmoil in Hong Kong. The major setting is still limited to interior space because this

mingling takes place primarily in bedrooms of the hotel. The film’s socio-political agenda is

made clear as the title refers to not only Chow’s neighboring hotel room but also the year in

which china’s “one country, two systems” policy in Hong Kong will end. As anxiety increases

among residents of Hong Kong while anticipating the arrival of 2046, the cinematic city reaches

new heights of despair and panic, manifested in the character’s promiscuous behavior and

aimless wandering across the city.

The second part of the dissertation will focus on Wong’s depiction of contemporary

Hong Kong as it is thrust onto the center stage of the world because of the handover of

Page 48: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

42

sovereignty. This causes the city’s shift from its colonial condition toward the postcolonial era.

Here we witness a major change in the construction of space from the enclosed interior space in

the 1960s to the characters’ increasingly active interaction with the public space in the 1980s and

1990s, an apparent indicator of the awakening historical consciousness regarding Hong Kong

identity. Wong’s characters are no longer confined to the small apartment rooms but claim more

agency by being involved in the mapping out of the city by physically traveling across it.

The fifth chapter centers on As Tears Go by, a gangster movie in which two criminals are

driven back and forth between country and city as a result of their transgressions into territory

dominated by their rivals. By tracing their dangerous movements across different spaces, the

film follows the conventions of the gangster genre in Hong Kong cinema, presenting the city as a

jungle in which people would not hesitate to resort to all means for more power and money.

However, instead of glorifying and glamorizing the characters as respectable heroes and

rewarding them for observing traditional values, Wong’s gangster film has his characters brutally

killed at the end of the film. The deaths of Wong’s protagonists preclude their escape or return

to the country, a symbol of innocence and tradition. The deeply troubled cityscape from their

perspectives is a space that is easily threatened by violent disruptions caused by precarious

historical and political conditions.

The sixth chapter, “the Global City—Chungking Express,” examines the conflicts and

tension between global and local in contemporary Hong Kong. The global Hong Kong in

Chungking Express is depicted as a contested terrain, where different races and forces come into

play and compete against each other for power. In the film, Wong’s preoccupation with non-

place and the absence of placeless show the director’s awareness of the impacts of global process

on the traditional sense of place. Through two cops’ excessively sentimental love stories, the

Page 49: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

43

filmmaker also presents a new racial order and gender structure in the global space of Hong

Kong. In terms of its visual and narrative styles, the film celebrates changes and encourages

transcultural readings, in contrast to Wong’s other over-all bleak films.

The seventh chapter examines the marginal space of postmodern urban Hong Kong

portrayed in Wong’s Fallen Angels. It is a nocturnal city that is occupied by outlaws who are

completely cut off from society and whose transgressions of space signify resistance against the

official arrangement of space. Instead of following the official meta-narrative of the success

story of “British Hong Kong,” Wong depicts a cinematic city that is chaotic, fragmented, and

governed by chance and violence, one characterized by schizophrenic behavior and waning of

affect. It stands in stark contrast to the city depicted in Chungking Express. Although

bombarded with various visual stimuli, the nocturnal city in Fallen Angels does not allow a clear

view of its true self, which is well hidden behind layers of blurred images. The place is a

depthless pit where the characters, suffering from unspeakable depression, are trapped like caged

animals.

Although Wong’s six films under study are all postmodern to some extent due to the

obvious features of postmodern elements such as ambiguity, nostalgia, fragmentation, and

playfulness, I only deal with the postmodern attributes in depth in the analysis of the film Fallen

Angels. My emphasis on the postmodern culture in Fallen Angels does not deny that postmodern

elements are also notable in Wong’s other films. Rather, I intend to point out that the

postmodern characteristics, such as a weakening of historicity and the waning of affect, are most

prominent in Fallen Angels, and the subjectivity shown in Fallen Angels can only be most fully

explained in the postmodern context.

Page 50: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

44

My analysis in this study follows a historical outline of the interconnected relationship

between Hong Kong and Wong’s cinema set in the colonial period and the postcolonial era.

Through the examination of Hong Kong in Wong’s films, this study investigates how the

representation of the city reflects the transformation of local identity. It is my hope that the

spatial patterns and their relationship with the modern, colonial, postcolonial, and postmodern

life, generated from the examination of Wong’s cinematic urban space of Hong Kong, will shed

some light on his other films, such as Happy Together, Ashes of Time, and My Blueberry Night.

Page 51: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

45

CHAPTER 2

THE LIMINAL SPACE—DAYS OF BEING WILD

In Wong Kar-wai’s films, the earliest image of Hong Kong emerges in 1962, as

illustrated in Days of Being Wild (1990). Revolving around Yuddy’s journey of seeking his

biological mother, the film presents the audience with a distinctive diasporic space that is defined

by a strong sense of uncertainty and empherality. Through analysis of Wong’s selection of

location, arrangements of mise-en-scène, camera angles, composition, and a careful examination

of important themes such as mother, homeland, and identity, I shall argue that Days of Being

Wild is primarily about a liminal space which best defines the diasporic experience of the new

immigrants in Hong Kong during the early 1960s.

The film, set in 1962 Hong Kong, centers on Yuddy (Leslie Cheung), a Don Juan figure.

Yuddy is abandoned by his mother immediately following his birth and is adopted by Rebecca

(Rebecca Pan), a retired Shanghainese courtesan. Despite her care, Yuddy cannot forget his

biological mother. When Rebecca reveals the whereabouts of his biological mother, Yuddy

travels to the Philippines in search of her. However, as he arrives at his mother’s luxurious

residence, she refuses to meet him. Heartbroken, Yuddy decides to leave and never look back.

In the Chinatown in Manila, he turns to alcohol and prostitutes for solace. His self-destructive

behavior eventually leads to his murder on a moving train.

Day of Being Wild is by definition a nostalgic film. Nostalgic film remakes space and

time by creating an imaginary space that is retrieved from the past and reinvented by the

filmmaker. Because it is a reinvention, the representation of the city on the screen is not a

Page 52: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

46

neutral object but the filmmaker’s own interpretation. Wong admits that his cinematic Hong

Kong of the 1960s is a combination of reality and imagination based on his own memory: “the

Hong Kong of Days of Being Wild is set in the sixties, but the society as shown in the film never

really existed like that, it’s an invented world, an imaginary past” (Ciment 39). In nostalgia, the

past is illusory. The reinvented past is a mirage in which things might take familiar forms and

shapes but never fills the gap between what really was and what one wants it to be.

The word “nostalgia,” originated from the Greek nóstos, means “return home.” The idea

of nostalgia, therefore, starts with the loss of home. When home is lost, nostalgia begins.

However, nostalgia, an emotion lamenting over the home that is lost, does not deal with the past

alone. As it is busy engaging itself with the past, it actively responds to the present need. While

looking back, nostalgia creates new meanings. John Brenkamn explains that home is endowed

with meaning only in one’s retrospect and nostalgia “marks a yearning to return to where you

never were” (226). In retrospect, nostalgia in its desperate attempt to recapture the unattainable

past, or an unattainable object, keeps revisiting the site and makes impersonal things personal. It

is rather a stylized form of melancholy that emerges over objects that are forever lost, and the

past in nostalgia is often idealized.

In Days of Being Wild, prodded by nostalgic desire to return to his mother, Yuddy

imagines the Philippines as his place of origin, his true home. He willingly pictures the

Philippines as a paradise full of hopes and sunshine, which is represented in the film by dreamy

Hawaiian guitar music and slow tracking shots of the tropical forests. The lost mother is the

embodiment of his lost origin. Yuddy keeps dreaming of returning to his biological mother and

true home in the Philippines, which is exactly what Brenkamn calls “a yearning to return to

where [one] never [was].”

Page 53: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

47

Wong’s nostalgic imagination of Hong Kong in the 1960s is immersed in despair and

depression, which makes his vision of 1960s Hong Kong distinguished from that of other Hong

Kong filmmakers. For instance, in Alex Law’s Echoes of Rainbow (2007), Hong Kong is filled

with joy and hope during the same period from a child’s perspective. Wong’s city is associated

with a gloomy atmosphere and often covered by cold colors, such as green and blue, while Law’s

Hong Kong is lit up by bright sunlights and warm colors, such as orange and red. Wong uses

close-ups to separate one character from another and deliberately expands the gaps between

people, suggesting distance and alienation. Law, by contrast, uses medium shots and long shots

to include every family member or community member to describe communal life. For Wong,

Hong Kong is a stage for desperate youthful love, but Law’s version of the city as a site for

family struggles is, as the narrator’s mother repeatedly says in the film, “half difficult half

wonderful.”

Days of Being Wild demonstrates that the construction of cinematic urban spaces is

closely related to the formation of identities, while the inhabitants, through their everyday

practices, give meaning to urban spaces. Seen through the eyes of emigrants, who make up the

majority of Hong Kong’s population, the city in the 1960s is a space of transit, evoking strong

senses of displacement, alienation, and miscommunication. Due to the instability of the

environment, the characters are often engaged in border crossings, which results in geographic

and psychological dislocation. To avoid the impact of chaos from the outside world, they

withdraw into themselves. As they become too involved in their own private worlds, the city

appears to be a deserted place, populated only by characters without roots. The diasporic

subjects struggle to negotiate selfhood on a daily basis. The cinematic Hong Kong in Days of

Being Wild is a place where the characters’ identities are constructed, performed, and negotiated.

Page 54: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

48

In this film, Hong Kong identity is overall ambivalent in that the screen is characterized

by anonymity and banality. When projected onto the screen, the ambivalence manifests in the

absence of usual establishing shots of monuments or any recognizable landmarks in Hong Kong

during the time. Instead, the opening scene starts with a tracking shot in an anonymous snack

shop, which the protagonist casually enters. Life in the city, for the protagonist, is filled with

mundane routines limited to the football stadium and his adoptive mother’s apartment.

The image of the nocturnal urban space dominates the screen. The landscape consists of

empty streets, covered by the shadows of streetlights and trees. Other people remaining in the

background are anonymous and most remote. Through the camera eye, the city is depicted as a

labyrinth of anonymous streets and houses. The cinematic Hong Kong is at best a temporary

shelter for all the characters and a most disorienting one at that. The urban space in this film

functions as a metaphor of the fluid nature of diasporic identity.

In the 1960s, Hong Kong experienced large numbers of immigrants crossing border from

the mainland. This influx of people increased the conflicts between the established residents and

new immigrants and tensions between the immigrants and the British colonizer by creating

shortages of water and land, political turmoil, and unemployment. According to Albert Memmi,

economic privilege is at the core of the colonial relationship, and all the policies and laws aim for

protecting the colonizer’s interest while exploiting the colonized. Those social limitations and

constraints imposed upon the immigrants in Hong Kong made it difficult for the colonized to

identify with the colonizer and to consider Hong Kong a permanent settlement. In Remaking

Citizenship in Hong Kong, Agnes S. M explains:

Constitutionally, the Hong Kong government was accountable only to the British Crown.

While there were consultative mechanisms for a selected elite and charities for people in

Page 55: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

49

need, the disenfranchised majority of residents in Hong Kong were little more than

colonial subjects allowed the “privilege” of living in a “foreign” territory. (91)

As the local government only worked for the best interest of the British, the majority of those

who lived in Hong Kong, deprived of right to participate in politics, were treated as colonial

subjects. Since the law did not allow the colonized to be equal with the colonizer, the expatriates

viewed the place and the period as transitional, akin to a bus stop, or a stepping stone to

somewhere else.

For refugees, escaping to Hong Kong to be colonized heightens fragmentation, alienation

and loss, which makes the already traumatizing experience more devastating. In his book On the

Margins: the Art of Exile in V.S. Naipaul, Timothy Weiss links the experiences of exiles with

colonialism and explains, “To be a colonial is already to be an exile, for by definition a colony is

a satellite, something ancillary; the colonial lives his unnecessary life in an unnecessary land”

(87). Excluded from decision-making by the colonizer and forced to the margins of society, the

diasporas are treated as outsiders and must channel their energy elsewhere. The decision of

staying or leaving largely depends on the political and economic condition of one’s homeland

and of Hong Kong, over which the exile has no control.

This profound sense of fragmentation, alienation and insecurity is what Homi Bhabha

calls “the unhomely.” Drawing on Sigmund Freud’s concept of the “uncanny,” the return of the

repressed, Homi Bhabha proposes the notion of “the unhomely,” which captures “the estranging

sense of the relocation of the home and the world in an unhallowed place” (445). According to

him, in the unhomely moment,

[t]he recesses of the domestic space become sites for history’s most intricate invasions.

In that displacement, the borders between home and world become confused; and

Page 56: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

50

uncannily, the private and the public become part of each other, forcing upon us a vision

that is as divided as it is disorienting. (Dangerous Liaisons 445)

The unhomely is most common for the victims of spatial and temporal displacement, such as the

colonized, the marginalized, the diasporic, and the exilic, who are caught in psychological and

geographical dislocation. Similar to the women in Bhahba’s analysis who politicize their

personal spaces and turn from the world to the home, Wong’s displaced subjects also engage in

the project of seeking to find their homes away from their homelands.

This structure of feeling does not involve pining for the lost home; instead, it centers on

making a home in unhomely spaces. This feeling of unhomeliness is best demonstrated in the

character Yuddy, who is consumed by a feeling of loss because of his mother’s abandonment.

Underneath Yuddy’s confidence and exuberance, he has an underlying melancholy, an insecurity

that figures decisively in the construction of his identity as a displaced colonial subject in Days

of Being Wild.

Wong’s characters are trapped in unhomely urban spaces, lacking stability and happiness.

Reflected in the narrative, this sense of entrapment shows that each character is entangled in a

certain dilemma. Rebecca withholds information about Yuddy’s biological mother from him to

prevent him from leaving her. In return, Rebecca is stuck with Yuddy because he is hostile

toward her boyfriends. Although Tide (Andy Lau) wants to be a sailor, he has to be a street

patrol in order to take care of his ailing mother. He sacrifices his dream, pacing up and down the

narrow streets of Hong Kong instead of sailing the sea. Su Lizhen (Maggie Cheung) is trapped

in her relationship with Yuddy, although he has already moved on. Lulu (Carina Lau) is caught

in her obsession with Yuddy, although she knows she can never be the only one for him. Zeb

Page 57: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

51

(Jacky Cheung) falls in love with Lulu, but she shuts him out. Everyone is trapped in one way or

another in Hong Kong with no way out.

The lighting and mise-en-scène also create claustrophobic spaces out of urban Hong

Kong. Apartments are filled with too many objects: photos, fans, mirrors, curtains, beds, and

chairs. Rooms are usually poorly lit, and the lighting casts heavy shadows, which give a haunted

feeling to the domestic realm. On the screen, the characters appear trapped among these objects

and shadows. The tinted camera lens, coloring everything with cold green or bluish pigment,

further intensifies the atmosphere of alienation and coldness. Inside the buildings, corridors

become an important motif for the characters’ predicaments. The first time Lulu comes to

Yuddy’s apartment, he traps her in the hallway. When Su waits for Yuddy downstairs in the

corridor, the camera shows her reflection in the only bright spot on the mirror, which indicates

her sense of entrapment. Yuddy corners and beats up Rebecca’s boyfriend in a small fitting

room in a clubhouse. Even the room of Yuddy’s mother in Malina is over-furnished, and the

oversized portraits on the walls seem to squeeze the human characters to one corner in the same

frame.

The lingering sense of entrapment, powerlessness, and hopelessness is accentuated by the

gloomy atmosphere that envelops in Wong’s cinematic city. Diffused low-key lighting and the

use of filter lenses contribute to the melancholy and nostalgic appearance to the environment. In

addition to these visual effects, the tone and color of the settings and costumes express a sense of

mourning over a space that is forever lost in the past. There are no bright colors in the settings

or costumes throughout the film to draw the viewer’s attention. Wong says in an interview, “I

told Chris I wanted to do a ‘monochrome’ film, almost drained of color. It’s a film about

different kinds of depression, and it needed to be very blank, very thin in texture” (Rayns 13).

Page 58: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

52

Additionally, the non-stop downpour of rain and the dark alleyways, reminiscent of the dark city

in film noir, present a city that resists easy mapping.

In the cinematic Hong Kong in Days of Being Wild, Yuddy is the colonial subject trapped

in the present. The loss of his origin becomes his excuse to live recklessly and to take a careless

attitude toward life itself. He has neither a job nor any survival skills, living an aimless life

without ambition or a plan for the future. When asked what to do after Rebecca can no longer

take care of him, Yuddy answers, “Let’s starve to death together.” While analyzing the

psychology of the colonized, Memmi explains in The Colonizer and the Colonized:

As long as [the colonized subject] tolerates colonization, the only possible alternatives for

the colonized are assimilation or petrifaction. Assimilation being refused him, as we

shall see, nothing is left for him but to live isolated from his age. He is driven back by

colonization and, to a certain extent, lives with that situation. Planning and building his

future are forbidden. He must therefore limit himself to the present, and even that present

is cut off and abstract. (102)

No matter how hard the colonized try, they cannot completely assimilate and join the colonizer.

For them, life is ruled by randomness, and there is no point of making plans. While riding a train

to escape the Philippino gangsters, Tide complains that Yuddy acts impulsively. Yuddy says:

“Didn’t you know you would be killed? Every minute people are dying. May be train accident.

How can you predict that?”

Yuddy’s obsession with the legless bird foregrounds this experience of entrapment and

living in the moment. The ability to fly away and enjoy freedom is fascinating to Yuddy. In

one scene, as he dances alone in the apartment, his voice-over describes, “In this world there was

a kind of bird without legs. It could fly and fly. When it got tired, it slept in the wind. This kind

Page 59: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

53

of bird could land only once. That was the time when it died.” Yuddy romanticizes the tragic

fact that the bird does not have legs and identifies himself with this creature. The Chinese title

for Days of Being Wild is A Fei Zheng Zhuan, which means “the legend of A Fei.” Although A

Fei refers to hooligans in Chinese, its literal meaning is “to fly.” In this way, the film’s Chinese

title highlights the character’s desire for freedom, a meaning that is completely absent in the

film’s English title. Yuddy, the A Fei in the film, is the bird that dreams of flying away. When

Rebecca is tired of Yuddy’s repeated inquiries as to his biological mother’s whereabouts and

decides to tell him everything, she says, “you want to fly away, right? You can fly now. Fly as

far as you can.” At the end of the film, as Yuddy realizes that freedom is only a dream that he

can never realize, he says, “there was a bird, which flew and flew until it died. It never went

anywhere because it died from the start.”

The cinematic space is constructed in a certain way to reflect Yuddy’s predicament of

inability to fly. As the voice-over tells the story of the legless bird, Yuddy, alone in his

apartment, turns on music to dance. In the first shot of the scene, Yuddy watches himself dance

in the mirror attentively and then turns to the balcony. The camera spins from the mirror to

follow him. Yuddy whirls to the left of the screen. In the next shot, instead of watching him hit

the wall because of the rather limited space of the balcony, the camera spins back to the mirror.

In the next match-on-action shot, we see Yuddy, rather than making a u-turn to avoid hitting the

wall, continue to dance smoothly to the very left end of the balcony, which is not supposed to

exist at all. The filmmaker extends the space of the balcony by editing. This visual deception

matches perfectly with the psychology of Yuddy, who, confined to his apartment, dreams of

breaking free of the place in which he is trapped. This moment of willful imagination of

freedom functions as a temporary release from his identity crisis.

Page 60: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

54

The confining nature of the city also manifests through the straining relationship between

Rebecca and Yuddy. In her conversation with Yuddy in a coffee house, she says, “if I wanted to

tell you, I would have done this a long time ago. I didn’t tell you because I didn’t want you to go.

And now I still won’t say it because I don’t think it is worth to.” The tension between her and

Yuddy is amplified in the scenes set in the coffee house and in her apartment. Whenever they

are in one room, they are arguing, except for the scene in which Rebecca is drunk. Second, they

are seldom on the screen together even when they just sit across a table. Their conversations are

filmed in shot/reverse shot, in which only one character is visible at a time. Additionally, the

whistles of boats outside Rebecca’s apartment create a space off screen that forms a stark

contrast with the almost suffocating interior shots of Rebecca’s residence. As Yuddy makes his

exit, Rebecca stands on the balcony looking back. The next shot directly cuts to Yuddy’s car

racing into the distance as quickly and joyfully as a caged bird that is suddenly set free.

In Yuddy’s imagination, Hong Kong, the space of exile, is claustrophobic and as

miserable as it can be, whereas the Philippino island where his mother lives is an open and

inviting paradise. The binary opposition of the city and nature further reinforces the sense of

entrapment, separating the space Rebecca inhabits from that Yuddy’s biological mother.

Rebecca dwells in a luxurious apartment in metropolitan Hong Kong, while Yuddy’s biological

mother lives in a big house on a large plantation in the Philippines. Rebecca, who never has a

child of her own, is always confined to a dark, enclosed space in the big city, completely cut off

from nature, indicating her sterility. In contrast, Yuddy’s biological mother is affiliated with

open spaces—green, abundant, and living nature. At the beginning of the film, an extremely

long tracking shot shows the green forests bursting with signs of life, accompanied by Hawaiian

guitar music. This location is alluring as it reflects Yuddy’s hopes and dreams. The true power

Page 61: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

55

of life lies not in the luxurious and expensive apartment in Hong Kong but in the beautiful

tropical islands where his biological mother lives.

The open spaces of the island are juxtaposed with the enclosed space of Rebecca’s

spacious apartment, an urban setting full of artificial and meaningless items. In the film,

Rebecca’s balcony faces the ocean but the filmmaker refuses to give us the ocean view. The

only scene in which Rebecca and her balcony are shown in relation to nature is when Yuddy is

leaving the place. In this scene, Rebecca stands in the balcony with her back facing the ocean

against the blue and red sky. However, the color of the sky seems so dramatic that it appears to

be artificial and lifeless, in stark contrast to the island on which green plants wave vigorously in

the wind.

The characters construct their reality somewhere else as a strategy to resist their feelings

of entrapment and powerlessness. The resistance lies in the characters’ mobility and traveling

across borders. For instance, Rebecca looks forward to immigrating to America with an old man

who shows her affection. America, the modern First World, seems to ignite her wildest

imagination as a place where she could have a more fulfilling life than the one with Yuddy in

Hong Kong. In America, she will be loved. As the motif of the mythic bird has suggested,

Yuddy also wants to be somewhere else, even though he has his own spacious apartment and a

flashy car, which gives him no reason to rebel. Yuddy identifies himself with an adventurous

bird that knows nothing but flying until the day it dies, the exact opposite of his own colorless

and dormant life.

Half way through the film, the desires to leave in order to create personal change

materialize into the form of dispersal: everyone is either already on the move or ready to move.

Life is no longer rooted in one place, and everyone drifts away from his or her former location.

Page 62: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

56

Yuddy leaves Hong Kong for the Philippines, Lulu follows him there, Rebecca moves to

America, Tide becomes a sailor and travels around the world, and Su Li-zhen embarks on a new

life without Yuddy. By the end of the film, each character ends up in a new place, which further

draws attention to the sense of instability and uncertainty that characterizes their lives. For a

mobile society like this, settling down and starting families are out of the question. In Days of

Being Wild, Hong Kong is depicted as a lifeboat that is running out of provisions, and everyone

on board wants to be somewhere else.

In this film, tensions between refugees and their surroundings present Hong Kong as a

highly contested space. A comparison between Yuddy and Tide will clarify this point. Yuddy is

a Shanghainese refugee, while Tide is a native Hong Konger. Yuddy is jobless and lives on an

allowance that Rebecca provides, whereas Tide is a filial son who works hard and sacrifices his

own dream for his sick mother. Yuddy represents old money and personifies disorder,

disruption, and irrationality. Tide, by contrast, comes from the working class. Unlike Yuddy,

Tide is rational and compassionate. His job as a policeman is to restore order and peace. Yuddy

and Tide represent the historical conflicts between the wealthy Shanghainese emigrants and the

poor natives in Hong Kong during the 1960s. In an interview, Wong asserts: “Days of Being

Wild centers on various feelings about staying in or leaving Hong Kong. I tried to evoke two

different families from the first postwar generation. One is Cantonese and is originally from

Hong Kong, and the other, Leslie Cheung’s [character], comes from Shanghai” (Rayns 14). The

tensions between Shanghainese and Cantonese emerged when the Shanghainese immigrants

crossed the border and brought not only their families, skills, and wealth, but also their

metropolitan attitude, a chauvinistic belief that people from others parts of China were ignorant

and provincial. However, this resentment was mutual because Shanghainese expatriates’ self-

Page 63: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

57

righteous superiority irritated people from many other groups of refugees, who showed equal

contempt toward the Shanghainese immigrants in return.

In Days of Being Wild, this tension is manifested through Yuddy’s and Tide’s

relationships with their surroundings: Yuddy is often associated with the enclosed domestic

space, yet Tide, the proxy of authority due to his job as a cop, dominates the public space. In

Hong Kong, Yuddy is seen in a snack store, his own apartment, Rebecca’s apartment, a dressing

room of a nightclub, and the Queen’s Café. The enclosed space, a primary setting for

melodramas, is often related to domesticity, feminization, and emotions. In Cultural Geography,

Mike Crang observes that the gendered geographies of home as a domestic space for women

serve as a prison for men. He posits that:

men and women are cast not only into spatial relationships, but those relationships help

support what the experience of place is, and what it means for a man and a woman—they

are both assigned gendered desires through geography. Such suggests a close connection

between spatial experience and personal identity. (48)

If the space associated with Yuddy defines his identity, he is definitely feminized by the spatial

locations in which he is seen.

In opposition to Yuddy, who is presented in the settings that are rarely invested with

masculinity, Tide, the enforcer of social order, is associated with an outside masculine space that

signifies adventure, freedom, power, and movement. Tide is a privileged individual who is able

to move between the spheres of the city. His job as a police officer is to walk the streets to

reinforce order. Instead of presenting a menacing picture of Hong Kong, the streets, cast in

heavy shadows and sometimes heavy rain, become calm and peaceful when supervised by Tide.

The long tracking shots draw attention to Tide’s harmonious relationship with the place and

Page 64: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

58

make him an integral part of the urban landscape. The night scenes highlight Tide’s role as a

strong and masculine protector of the city. He walks, actively observes, and diligently records,

rendering the otherwise illegible urban space legible. His mapping of the city through walking

involves movements that make the control over the territory possible.

Furthermore, Yuddy’s yearning for control is also inscribed in his confrontation with

Rebecca’s lover and his domination of space. While examining the interaction between

characters and the spaces they occupy, Mary P. Wood summarizes the representation of power

relationships illustrated in cinematic space by claiming, “In many cases, the characteristics of

place are used as signifiers of character or class. Ritualized male conflict is often expressed as

attempts to dominate space by moving through it in a violent or purposive way, the desire for

control represented by a mise en scène, which contains elements perceived as possible threats”

(201). Yuddy finds the gigolo in the changing room and asks him to return the earrings that he

steals from Rebecca. At the beginning of the confrontation, the mirrors that cover one side of the

changing room shows that the gigolo, although cornered, is bluffing and yelling at Yuddy. His

image dominates the screen, and Yuddy is only visible through his reflection in the mirror behind

the man. However, as Yuddy corners the man and begins to hit him, the gigolo falls to the floor.

The power shifts from him to Yuddy, which is made obvious through their positions on the

screen. While striking the man, Yuddy’s image no longer stays in the mirror but looms large on

the screen with the camera looking up at him from ground level. The gigolo eventually collapses

and disappears from the frame and leaves Yuddy’s image to dominate the whole screen.

As the male characters’ struggles are indicated by their relationships with their

surroundings, the powerlessness of the young female characters in Days of Being Wild is

suggested through their lack of space. In the film, the male characters are endowed with places

Page 65: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

59

of their own: Yuddy has an apartment and in the near future inherits Rebecca’s place, whereas

streets are Tide’s territory. Yet young women like Su and Lulu do not have places of their own

and hence are always associated with their workplace or Yuddy’s bedroom. These are important

indicators of the working single women’s poor financial status and low social status at that time,

who are torn between their families and their personal desires for self-fulfillment. As we see in

the film, Su belongs to the small store in which she works as a salesgirl and later the small ticket

booth of a football stadium; Lulu is always seen in glittering costumes in a dressing room at a

dance club.

In the film, both young female characters are defined by their inability to afford their own

places. Women’s struggle with space is akin to the writings of Virginia Woolf, the influential

American writer who published a seminal article titled “A Room of One’s Own” in 1929. In the

article, Woolf stated: “a woman must have money and a room of her own if she is to write

fiction” (4). Woolf helped women realize that their independence heavily depended on material

and financial circumstances. In Days of Being Wild, young female characters’ struggle with

space reflects their lack of independence. Su used to live with her cousin. As her cousin is

getting married and planning to move out, Su cannot afford to rent the place on her own. She

asks for Yuddy’s permission to move into his apartment. Su’s passivity and dependence is

implied in her inability to have a place all to herself. Although Lulu is rebellious, aggressive,

and outspoken, she also shares with Su for lack of her own space. Lulu’s defiance against the

passive role that the society imposes upon women finds its expression in her strong desire for

space. Lulu has unusual interests in space: whenever she enters a place, she likes to walk around

and inspect the place. The first time she comes to Yuddy’s place, she carefully examines every

single room in the apartment. When told by Yuddy that his rent is 40 dollars, Lulu exclaims,

Page 66: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

60

“My whole family lives in one room and we pay 28 dollars!” She is so desperate to have Yuddy

and his place to herself that when asked to give back Su’s slippers she refuses and says, “I am

not giving anyone anything. Once I step into this place, everything belongs to me!”

Furthermore, after Yuddy leaves for the Philippines, she has to go to Rebecca’s place and

demands to see the place with her own eyes. When she finishes, in an attempt to hide her

jealousy for not being able to retain such a big place with an ocean view, she tells Rebecca:

“Every time Yuddy brought me here, he asked me to wait downstairs. I have always wanted to

see what the interior of this place looks like. [The place] is really just ordinary.”

The female characters’ lack of space is further reinforced visually through Wong’s use of

cinematic space, light, and the camera in the film. These young female characters’ images on the

screen are often obscured by objects such as poles, screens, doors, and fences, deliberately

placed between them and the camera. Su makes a primary example of this. In the scene when

Su senses that Yuddy has no intention to marry her, Su walks away from Yuddy to sit on a chair

in the balcony. A pole in front of her blocks our sight of her face. The camera slowly moves

aside to have a clear view of her but only catches a glimpse of her between the pole on the left

and curtains on the right, which suggests her fragile condition in the scene. Also, when Su

comes to visit Yuddy, she stands outside the apartment looking up with bars between her and the

apartment, which visually indicates her distance and separation from Yuddy. As the clock

strikes twelve, the gate of the building is slowly pulled and shut in a dramatic manner to signify

the closure of her relationship with Yuddy. Standing behind the bars, Su watches Yuddy’s

window in despair trying to remember the minute when Yuddy first made her his one-minute

friend.

Page 67: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

61

The female characters’ subordinate role and Yuddy as the dominant figure in his

relationship with them can be easily detected in Wong’s construction of cinematic space. When

Su comes to Yuddy and begs him to take her back, Lulu is filmed inside Yuddy’s room. When

Yuddy is talking to Su, Su’s black blouse and black hair reduce the significance of her presence

in the scene visually because she blends into the dark background. In contrast, Yuddy’s white

shirt and the audience’s clear view of his face in the foreground help him stand out. When it is

cut to the scene in which Lulu is eavesdropping behind the door, we only see her back as she

stands at the door with her back facing the camera/the audience. In other words, in the presence

of Yuddy, women’s powerless status is fully demonstrated in their positions in Wong’s

construction of cinematic space.

Furthermore, Wong employs his cinematic space as a reflection of the characters’ states

of mind. As Yuddy comes all the way from Hong Kong to visit his mother, her denial of any

affiliation with him is reinforced in silence through shots of her dark hiding place. After Yuddy

walks into his mother’s house, the camera focuses on a portrait of a woman, slowly pans to the

left, and stops on his mother, who wears a grey gown, the morning color for the dead, in a dark

room watching him from behind the curtains. The scene is almost morbid compared with

Rebecca’s well-lit apartment in Hong Kong, which suddenly seems warm in comparison because

of her attachment to him. Yuddy walks away resolutely denying his mother the last chance to

see his face. He says,

On April 12th, 1961, at last, I came to my mother’s house. But she didn’t want to see me.

The maid told me that she was not there. By the time when I left her house, I knew that

there was someone behind staring at me. But I make sure that I would not turn my head.

Page 68: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

62

I just want to see her…to look at her face. Since she didn’t give me the chance I would

not give her such a chance.

Suddenly the scene dims expressively, an externalization of Yuddy’s inner turmoil. With his

back facing the camera, Yuddy makes the final decision that he would never look back. Partly

punishing himself for wanting the mother and partly punishing the mother for refusing to see him,

Yuddy walks into the forest in slow motion. As he continues walking away, the whole scene

becomes dark as if night suddenly falls upon the place.

When the mother refuses to see Yuddy, his despair is not clearly shown through his facial

expression but externalized through the representation of place as it immediately loses its

original tropical charm and suddenly becomes dangerous and uncanny. In this part of the film,

the filmmaker does not present the character’s melancholy or anguish as he walks away with his

back toward the camera, determined to avenge himself by not giving the mother a chance to see

him. After leaving his mother’s house, Yuddy turns to alcohol and passes out in a deserted street,

where a prostitute robs him of his belongings. The robbery takes place in a dark alley, and

Yuddy seems so vulnerable while lying on the floor unconscious. When Tide comes to rescue,

the long shot from Tide’s point of view reinforces the threatening image of the “other” by

standing by passively while watching the robbery take place. Furthermore, in the film, the

Philippines appear to be alien and primitive. To a Chinese audience, among a few shots of the

streets in the Philippines, the building in which the big fight between Yuddy and the local

gangsters occurs seems exotic.

The frantic camerawork of Yuddy’s last scene in the railway station before his death

leaves the last impression of the Philippines as chaotic and totally out of control. As the camera

swoops into the building, imitating Yuddy’s drunken yet smooth dance moves, the jazz music

Page 69: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

63

exudes an air of ease, arrogance, and superiority. The camera almost bumps into a pole but

makes a detour by passing a policeman in uniform, who is forcing a beggar to move. The

camera is placed in a higher position, so the local people seem quite insignificant until the

camera finds Yuddy and focuses on him again. After Yuddy goes into a room and leaves Tide

outside waiting, the camera shifts to Tide’s perspective and focuses on a group of local men as

they make a noisy entrance. Their voices as well as their physical presence quickly dominate the

whole place, while Tide sits alone by the table. The camera fixes its attention upon a middle-

aged man who fixes his eyes on Tide in a hostile manner, and a swift spin shot from the crowd to

Tide immediately increases the tension. Inside the back room where Yuddy negotiates with the

man who makes fake passports, a mirror hangs on the wall. The small corner of the mirror

greatly reduces the size of the back room, and the reflection of the room in the mirror makes the

actual room seem tinier, filthier, and darker. There is no illusion of control for Yuddy or Tide,

and what is left is the presence of the menacing local people and the threatening space, from

which the protagonists have to escape.

In early 1960s Hong Kong that is marked by loss, the search for identity is invested with

great importance among the characters. Traversing spaces from the affluent district in Hong

Kong to the slums in Manila, Yuddy undergoes a transformation. In Hong Kong, he is jobless

and lives like a dandy. He imagines himself as a descendent from an honorable family, wealthy

and famous. However, when his mother refuses to see him, his dream is shattered and a

fundamental change takes place in him. He is no longer as romantic as before, stops caring, and

becomes cruel even to his friend. In the process, he loses his mother, hope, his beliefs, his

money, his passport, and eventually his life.

Page 70: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

64

Similarly, Lulu’s identity depends on where she is and whose company she is in. In the

nightclub where she works, she is known as Lulu. On the first floor of Yuddy’s apartment where

she dances for Yuddy’s friend, she calls herself Mimi. In Yuddy’s bedroom, she reveals her true

name to be Liang Fengying.

At the end of the film, the scene in which Yuddy dies on a train passing a bridge is

crucial to the question of his identity. It is unclear where the train comes from or where it is

going. Yuddy and Tide are presumably taking the train to leave the Philippines because Tide

worries about embarking on a ship on time. Therefore, this transit involves a liminal space of the

border, a state of “in-between.” In Latin, the word limina means threshold, a place that connects

spaces. It is a unique site in which the absolute is suspended, and uncertainty takes over.

Yuddy’s death in such a liminal space suggests his own liminal identity because he is the one

who never truly belongs anywhere. Unlike Su, Lulu, or Tide, Yuddy doesn’t work, so he doesn’t

belong to any social group. He is not Philippino since his mother denies any relationship with

him, yet he never regards Hong Kong as his home either. Although he shows slight interest in

following Rebecca to America, America is not his first choice. He only considers the possibility

to go to America when his plan to see his biological mother in Philippines fails. Yuddy dies

before the emigration to America takes place. For Yuddy, there is no homeland, only a place of

origin. As a marginal man in Hong Kong who simply doesn’t fit anywhere, Yuddy experiences

his identity as plural, fragmented, and ambivalent, which resonates with the problems that many

Hong Kong residents were facing in actuality at the time.

Yuddy’s death in such a liminal space does not provide a satisfactory answer to the initial

question regarding his identity. This scene presents an interstitial space because the train on the

bridge is caught in between two places at one time. The use of such a space is a gesture of

Page 71: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

65

“deciding not to decide.” In his article “Deciding to Stay, Deciding to Move, Deciding not to

decide,” Wong Siu-lun analyzes the dilemma that people in Hong Kong faced while making

decisions about their identities when they believed in neither grand narratives nor unitary

identities. Some Hong Kongers decided to stay, some decided to move, and some decided not to

decide. Wong argues that “identities tend to be multiple and pluralistic. Hong Kong migrants

are keen collectors of passports and nationalities. In order to maximize options and security,

they are seldom content to stick to just one ‘insurance policy’” (138). The uncertainty about

future and identity is best illustrated in the film as an extremely long shot shows the train moving

on the screen from right to left, a determined movement reminiscent of the passage of time that

will eventually take us all into an equally unknown future.

Wong’s urban landscape is not a natural topography but a representation with a specific

point-of-view. It is from the perspective of a diaspora, one who looks but does not see the host

city because of a preoccupation with the homeland. We have to take into consideration the

filmmaker’s own experience of the city in 1963 when he emigrated to Hong Kong following his

parents at the age of five. To show his concerns about displacement and geographies, Wong says:

“It is probable that this has everything to do with my transplant from Shanghai to Hong Kong at

the age of 5. When I got there, I spoke nothing but Shanghainese, whereas Cantonese was, and

still is, the local dialect” (Lalanne 88). The experience of displacement and alienation at his

early age obviously influences Wong’s later filmmaking.

Contrary to historical reality in which Hong Kong is notoriously crowded, the cinematic

city in Days of Being Wild is sparsely populated, and the resulting social isolation that is intrinsic

to the diasporic experience is reinforced by the filmmaker’s reinvention of the city by focusing

solely on the main characters. Hong Kong is one of the most highly populated cities in the world

Page 72: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

66

with “155 thousand people per square kilometer” (King 6) in urban areas, such as Mongkok,

according to the 1971 census. Whenever one goes into urban Hong Kong, one is immediately

surrounded by thousands of people. However, in Days of Being Wild, Hong Kong is depicted as

an abandoned city in which there are not too many people around.

Wong’s representation of Hong Kong in 1962 reflects Yuddy’s diasporic condition and

an ambiguous space of Hong Kong at the dawn of the emergence of local identity. The sojourner

mentality inscribed upon the urban space defines the place as liminal or interstitial, where there

is no certainty or stability. The feel of the city is conveyed mostly through the depiction of

interior spaces, which are characterized by claustrophobic experience, sadness, loneliness, and

alienation. However, it is important to note that the sense of homelessness in this film is

different from the rootlessness in postmodernist discourse since the characters still long to return

home.

Page 73: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

67

CHAPTER 3

IN THE MEMORY OF THE SHANGHAINESE COMMUNITY—IN THE MOOD FOR LOVE

This chapter analyzes Wong’s expressive way of using space in In the Mood for Love

(2000) through examining the diasporic life of a Shanghainese community in Hong Kong during

the mid-1960s. The interior shots continue to dominate the cinematic space in In the Mood for

Love, while Hong Kong remains anonymous in the background as the backdrop for events and

actions. Though the diasporic identity prevails in the film, the characters’ personal struggles

with love and marriage only aggravates their plight of dislocation.

In the Mood for Love is a romantic melodrama that depicts an impossible love between

two neighbors, Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang, whose spouses are having an extra-marital affair.

Suspicious of their spouses’ illicit relationship, Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang initiate an

investigation. In the process of this investigation, Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang grow emotionally

attached to each other. Because of the ethical concerns of the community, Mr. Chow and Mrs.

Chang decide to suppress their feelings and move on with their separate lives.

Apparently, In the Mood for Love shares some common spatial features with Days of

Being Wild for both films concentrate on interior spaces rather than the outdoor spaces of Hong

Kong. The cities in both films are also characterized by the absence of any recognizable scenery

that distinguishes Hong Kong. This spatial arrangement serves to externalize the characters’

inner world and to reflect the lack of local identity in collective memory in 1960s Hong Kong.

To the central characters, Hong Kong, similar to any other anonymous town far away from home,

remains an imaginary city where they find themselves stranded.

Page 74: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

68

With all the references to Shanghai throughout the film In the Mood for Love and the

absence of images of Hong Kong, the film shows concerns about local identity in Hong Kong.

Ackbar Abbas observes, “stories about other places (such as Shanghai) within the Hong Kong

mass media are inclined to be parables about Hong Kong” (“The Last Emporium” 17). It seems

that with the exclusive attention on the depiction of a Shanghainese community, In the Mood for

Love is more interested in the memory of Shanghai than Hong Kong, the setting of the story.

Nevertheless, the nostalgia for the lost community is not all about Shanghai; instead, this

nostalgia reflects a memory of the early experience of Hong Kong that Wong cherishes. The

Chinese title for the film Hua Yang Nian Hua, which literally means the years of blossoms,

refers to the prime years of the central characters. However, it could also indicate Wong’s most

memorable years in Hong Kong, to which he emigrated as a schoolboy in 1963. Wong says,

I always wanted to make a film about this period, because it’s very special in the history

of Hong Kong, because it is right after 1949 and a lot of people from China are living in

Hong Kong and they still have their dreams about their lives back in China. (Kaufman)

It is his own memory of Hong Kong, in which the Shanghainese community happens to be

located, that Wong wants to capture and preserve. In Wong’s story, Hong Kong is born out of

his imagination of old Shanghai.

In the Mood for Love depicts life in a self-contained Shanghainese community in the

North Point of Hong Kong during the mid-1960s. Under the surface of an almost romantic story,

Wong faithfully records the transitional moment of Hong Kong, which was on the verge of

becoming an industrial city. It is the director’s wish to produce a portrait of Hong Kong from his

memory during this period in order to preserve the fleeting past. Wong says, “I want to show

people what really these Shanghainese communities are” (“On Film”).

Page 75: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

69

While the cinematic city in Days of Being Wild is defined by the highly mobile characters,

who are all single and constantly cross borders, In the Mood for Love focuses on relatively stable

characters, whose lives revolve around work and marriage. Their daily routines are simple and

predictable: going to work in the daytime, coming back to dine in noodle shops and restaurants

in early evenings, and playing mahjong with neighbors before going to bed. If not for the love

affair and disruption of the 1965 riot, everyone seems to be content.

A brief historical explanation on old Shanghai’s role in the construction of Hong Kong

cultural identity is necessary before delving into the spatial analysis of In the Mood for Love.

Shanghai émigrés made significant contributions to the economic and cultural development of

Hong Kong. In the late 1940s, a massive influx of Shanghainese émigrés, including intellectuals,

enterpreneurs, filmmakers, and skilled labors moved to Hong Kong. Kingsley Bolton observes

that:

In the late 1940s, the transfer of Shanghainese industrial expertise and capital helped set

up the labour-intensive low-cost industries, such as textiles, garments and plastics, that

became the major employers in the period up to the mid-1970s. These shanghai émigrés

brought with them a cosmopolitanism and cultural capital that found expression in the

film industry, music, food and entertainment in 1950s Hong Kong. (1)

The influence of old Shanghai is important to the construction of Hong Kong cultural identity

because these émigrés brought with them not only money and expertise but also a Westernized

cosmopolitan culture that was new to Hong Kong in the 1950s. Stephen Teo describes this

phenomenon as “Shanghai hangover” or “shanghai redone” (Hong Kong Cinema 14-39), while

Leo Ou-fan Lee calls it “Shanghainization” (Shanghai Modern 330).

Page 76: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

70

In recent years, mass media in Hong Kong showed renewed interest in the glamorous

decadence of modern Shanghai, a phenomenon that reveals a deep concern for Hong Kong’s

own identity in the pre-handover period. Old Shanghai and Hong Kong are related by their

similar colonial history, capitalist cosmopolitan culture, and similar destinies in the hands of the

Communist regime. Abbas summarizes the connections between the two cities by observing that

“For better or for worse, the two cities seemed to have been linked at birth, which makes it

possible sometimes to read what is tacit in the history of one city in the history of the other”

(“Cosmopolitan De-scriptions” 213). Hong Kong films such as Tsui Hark’s Shanghai Blues

(1984), Stanley Kwan’s Ruan Linyu (1991), and Lee Ang’s Lust, Caution (2007) betray their

own fear of loss in the depiction of the former prosperity of old Shanghai. In Hong Kong Art:

Culture and Decolonization, David Clarke argues that Hong Kong’s nostalgia for old Shanghai

was “handover-related in that it showed a fascination with a city whose past might prefigure

Hong Kong’s future: Shanghai was also a modern Chinese capitalist city that had been taken

over by the Communist regime” (187). Hong Kong, through its imagination of the “golden age”

of Shanghai, articulated its own anxiety and sense of loss in its process of decolonization.

Although Wong’s romantic melodrama does not take place in modern Shanghai, it

undoubtedly constructs Hong Kong as the other Shanghai with its profound longing for the

glamorous former version of this city. As a matter of fact, Wong’s obsession with Shanghai

lifestyle, fashion, music, food, and dialects is so poignant in the film that Hong Kong becomes

abstract and unreal. Leo Ou-fan Lee observes that Wong “reveals a fascination, bordering on

obsession, with Shanghai. But for him it is the Shanghai of Hong Kong, the dislocated Shanghai

landers in Hong Kong’s North Point, that occupies center stage” (City between Worlds 262).

Although Wong repeatedly asserts that he wants to catch the actual mood in this film so he can

Page 77: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

71

bring back to life the past (Kaufman), Hong Kong is indirectly suggested rather than presented in

a realistic fashion. Overwhelmed by details alluding to the Shanghai roots, such as the twenty-

five traditional cheongsam that Mrs. Chang wears, the Shanghai dialect that Mrs. Suen speaks,

and the song Hua Yang Nian Hua sung by the famous singer Zhou Xuan, the audience is lured

into a cinematic city of old Shanghai presented by tight living quarters, dark valleys, cabs,

noodle stools, Western restaurants, and exotic hotel rooms.

Wong’s preoccupation with the Shanghainese community in 1962 Hong Kong sheds light

on the construction of Chinese identity in Hong Kong. In Wong’s description, the early

diasporic life of the Shanghainese community in Hong Kong is fraught with tension partially

because of their dream of returning to mainland China but also because of the unstable social

order. Wong says, “In 1997, just before Hong Kong's handover to China, we had to reregister

our identity cards. And I realized that although I had been staying in Hong Kong for 33 years, it

still feels like a permanent vacation, a transition that lasts forever” (Camhi). In the past 33 years,

the diasporic life with which he has been familiar will end with the return of Hong Kong to

China. Further, he does not identify himself as one of the mainlanders or the British due to the

hegemonic Western education he received in Hong Kong. In his 33 years in Hong Kong,

diasporic experience and identity were clearly rewritten and reinterpreted over time.

From the perspective of a Shanghai expatriate, the diasporic community, although

situated in a larger socio-spatial network, is an isolated island. In the 1960s, refugees in Hong

Kong were treated as outsiders without any say in policy-making or any claim to the place. This

remained true until the 1967 Star Ferry riots unsettled the government and engendered radical

changes in immigration policies. Aside from the conflicts between the colonized and the

colonizer, exhibited by constant riots and upheavals, tension also existed among the colonized

Page 78: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

72

themselves. The refugees in Hong Kong all spoke different dialects and hailed from various

regions in China with diverse cultural backgrounds. Different groups, distinguished by different

origins and dialects, tended to congregate in different parts of Hong Kong and formed various

associations for financial and emotional support.

Coming from a highly developed metropolitan city, Shanghainese emigrants in Hong

Kong believed that they had a more sophisticated culture and therefore they were superior to

other refugees. Leo Ou-fan Lee in City between Worlds describes popular views among these

expatriates in the 1950s by observing that “the Shanghai refugees despised Hong Kong” (101).

As a result of this confidence in their superiority, the Shanghainese refused to associate with

other groups in Hong Kong and rejected other cultures. While Shanghainese expatriates

regarded themselves to be superior, other groups also tend to build solidarity on their own sense

of superiority. Guldin GE. coined the term “Cantonese chauvinism” to describe the hostility of

Cantonese dialect group toward other dialect groups in Hong Kong (27). David Nunan and Julie

Choi further explain: “Ethnic Chinese who do not speak pitch-perfect Cantonese will be

considered as ‘outsiders’ and marginalized” (62).

Refugees, instead of focusing on their similar experiences of suffering, concentrate on the

differences, which only further reinforces dislocation and alienation. This is illustrated by Wong

Kar-wai’s own experience as an immigrant. He recalls, “during the period of time in 1962, we

know that you are Shanghainese and I am Cantonese. Sometimes we hate each other. We don’t

talk to each other. Shanghainese mother doesn’t want her daughter to go out with a Cantonese

boy. It is really strict” (“On Film”). In face of the outside hostility, the Shanghainese diasporic

community from Shanghai had to draw upon itself for support on the grounds of their shared

cultural roots. This is similar to what Benedict Anderson conceptualizes as an “imagined

Page 79: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

73

community,” whose communion is imagined by people with similar languages, cultural

backgrounds and places of origins, although they do not know one another in person.

In the film In the Mood for Love, the Shanghainese community gives its members a

common identity and a sense of belonging. At the beginning of the film, Mrs. Suen speaks to

Mrs. Chang in Cantonese when the latter comes to visit. The conversation proceeds in efficient

and appropriate manner, and the two seem polite yet distant. When Mrs. Suen discovers that

Mrs. Chang is also a Shanghainese, she becomes overjoyed and comfortably converses with Mrs.

Chang in the Shanghai dialet. When Mrs. Chang is about to leave, Mrs. Suen insists on seeing

her off to show her fellowship, exclaiming that “We are both Shanghainese!” In contrast, after

the Shanghainese community disappears, Mrs. Suen doest not even bother to talk to her

neighbors any more. When asked who is living next door, she answers, “I don’t know. We

never actually talked.”

However, to maintain one’s Shanghainese identity sometimes calls for sacrifices in

troubled times, and in the film, this sacrifice is linked to suppressing the love between Mr. Chow

and Mrs. Chang. Since shared cultural roots are the foundation of a community, any violation of

expected behavior is a direct threat to the very existence of the community. Mrs. Suen, the core

of the community representing traditional values, has to watch over Mrs. Chang and warns her of

the possible consequences of her misbehavior. As a result, Mrs. Chang has to end her

relationship with Mr. Chow.

Under such circumstances, a Western mode of life is considered contamination. Western

ideas, such as fulfilling individual desires, are unacceptable. In his book Hong Kong Cinema,

Stephen Teo sums up the crucial role that traditional family values play in collective survival

among refugees, noting that “Survival meant not merely escaping from poverty, but, more

Page 80: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

74

importantly, doing so with the sacred institution of the family intact. Sacrifice, humiliation and

punishment were foregone conclusions in the battle to preserve the family” (62). With this in

mind, it is not surprising that Wong’s story culminates in Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang’s agreement

to suppress their emotions in order to confirm to traditional values. The romantic involvement of

these two characters must come to an end in order to ensure that the foundation of the

community remains intact. In order to preserve the family, despite the husband’s infidelity and

the humiliation that follows it, Mrs. Chang has to make the “right” decision by not divorcing him,

even if this means she has to live a lie.

Under the pressure of social norms, Mr. Chow’s and Mrs. Chang’s internal turmoil is

never fully expressed in words but inscribed in the cinematic space. In the film, Mr. Chow and

Mrs. Chang speak carefully and politely with one another. Their psychic worlds are concealed

underneath superficial and meaningless conversations. For instance, although Mr. Chow and

Mrs. Chang are suspicious about their spouses, to not to lose face, they are never direct about

what is on their minds before they team up for the investigation of their souses’ love affair. In

one scene, the two are about to open their doors at the same time. In a medium shot, Mrs. Chang

in the foreground is out of focus, whereas Mrs. Chow is seen clearly in the background. Mr.

Chow takes a glance at Mrs. Chang, pauses, and says, “I haven’t seen Mr. Chang lately.” Mrs.

Chang answers, “He’s been busy with his work.” Mr. Chow pretends to be casual and continues,

“No wonder I often see you at the noodle shop.” It cuts to the next shot with Mrs. Chang in the

background who is now in focus. Mrs. Chang smiles, “I am too lazy to cook for my self. What

about your wife? I haven’t seen her lately.” A close-up shows Mr. Chow’s hesitation, and he

says, “She doesn’t feel well and goes to her mother’s place.” Both of the characters figure their

spouses must be spending time together, but neither of them is direct and honest about it. They

Page 81: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

75

have to disguise their true purposes in their seemingly casual conversation. With such a mood of

restraint, the expressive cinematic space provides the only access that we have to the characters’

inner worlds. Commenting on the construction of space in this film, Paul Arthur notes, “The

narrow passages and cloistered chambers in which most of the action takes place are

subtle…tropes for the labyrinthine quality of the mind, its ceaseless movement along the same

unending pathways of remembered experience” (40-41). Wong’s cinematic city is constructed

as a landscape that speaks of anxiety and desires that are well hidden and suppressed under the

surface of beautiful dresses and seemingly tranquility.

For instance, when Mr. Chow invites Mrs. Chang to his hotel room, her cab not only

travels across the town but also traverses moral boundaries. Underneath her red trench coat, a

symbol of passion, is a white cheongsam with dark blue prints, the colors of chasteness and

solemnity. This attire externalizes her inner struggle. On one hand, she is aware of the moral

expectations of her elderly neighbors, who require her to remain chaste in spite of her husband’s

infidelity. On the other hand, she cannot resist the temptation of love and suppress her own

desires. In shots of her inside the cab, Wong casts heavy shadows to whittle down the space she

occupies. Maggie Cheung’s acting also heightens the character’s anxiety with her constant

blinking and touching her lips. When Mrs. Chang arrives at the hotel, the vertigo staircase and

the curious stare of the clerk both add to the tension. Her hasty movement up and down the

stairs and her hesitation on the top floor, organized through rapid editing, present a dysphoric

character, who is tormented by the conflicts between her desires and ethical expectations.

Wong’s slow motion also helps to show the characters’ inner worlds in the film. Unlike

John Woo, who uses slow motion to give aesthetic expression to violence and pain in action

films, Wong employs slow motion to set the overall tone and rhythm, which is essential in his

Page 82: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

76

construction of urban space. Explaining its functions in his film, Wong states in his interview

with Michel Ciment and H. Niogret that “There are some details that I wanted to show. The

slow motion doesn't express the action, but the environment…It was there to capture a certain

space, a certain ambiance” (80). Although the director does not specify what kind of ambiance is

created by slow motion, it is not difficult to see its effects. When seen in slow motion, action is

amplified and divided into smaller details, which invites keen observation. Unlike violence, the

brutality and damage of which is often amplified and brought to the foreground in slow motion,

the slow body movements of Mrs. Chang and the slow curls of cigarette smoke both prolong the

action and suggest that nothing changes in the daily routine. However, things do change in these

seemingly repetitive activities in quotidian life. This use of slow motion heightens the central

characters’ meaningless, repetitive daily routines and highlights their profound loneliness.

In In the Mood for Love, the closed space dominates the characters’ urban spatial

experience. The closed form, indicated by interior shots, cramped spaces, tight composition, low

lighting, foregrounds the characters’ poor living conditions, uprooted lives, and their diasporic

identities. In his book An Accented Cinema: Exilic and Diasporic Filmmaking, Hamid Naficy

examines how filmmakers with diasporic experience translate their own experiences of

dislocation into films. He suggests two aesthetic forms of space in accented films: open form

and closed form. The former shows outdoor landscapes of the homeland whereas the latter

emphasizes the claustrophobic spaces to which the exiles are confined in the host country.

According to Naficy,

The spatial aspects of the closed form in the mise-en-scène consist of interior locations

and closed settings, such as prisons and tight living quarters, a dark lighting scheme that

creates a mood of a constriction and claustrophobia, and characters who are restricted in

Page 83: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

77

their movements and perspective by spatial, bodily, or other barriers. Tight shot

composition, static framing, and barriers within the mise-en-scène and in the shots

foreground suggest closedness. (153)

This closed form is prevalent throughout Wong’s trilogy, especially in In the Mood for Love.

Although there are a few depictions of claustrophobic space in Days of Being Wild, there are

wide open spaces like the Philippines to which the characters can escape. However, in In the

Mood for Love, both public and private realms are closed spaces. Rooms are cramped not by

furniture but by people, whereas city streets are enclosed by walls. For example, at the

beginning of the film, the hallways are blocked by those who help Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang

move in. The communal living room is crowded with the tenants who come to play mahjong. In

the streets where Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang act out their spouses’ roles in the love affair,

medium shots show the two trapped by walls in the foreground and the background. Therefore,

no matter where the characters go, they are forever confined in closed space either by actual

walls or the metaphorical walls constructed by their judgmental neighbors.

The ubiquitous voyeuristic gaze also restricts the characters’ behavior alongside the

closed form of diasporic space. In the film, both Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang are being watched.

The camera eye represents a curious investigative neighbor who follows them and watches their

every move. Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang are captured in medium shots or long shots since the

camera eye always has to keep a safe distance from the objects it is spying on. The objects are

observed from the most peculiar positions. A good example is the shot shows Mrs. Chang’s

slippers on the floor from a camera that is hidden under Mr. Chow’s bed when Mrs. Chang is

stranded in Mr. Chow’s place. As a result of this obscured viewing point, the upper half of the

whole picture is blocked by a blanket that is hanging over the bed. Throughout In the Mood for

Page 84: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

78

Love, the camera eye is torn between the desire to see and the fear of being exposed and the

consequent retribution.

This illicit gaze that violates the privacy apparently makes an impact on Mr. Chow’s and

Mrs. Chang’s behaviors. Mrs. Chang is the one who internalizes the gaze and becomes her own

overseer. In his study of knowledge, power, and space, Michel Foucault points out, “There is no

need for arms, physical violence, material constraints. Just a gaze. An inspecting gaze, a gaze

which each individual under its weight will end by interiorising to the point that he is his own

overseer” (Power/Knoweldge 155). Since the neighbors’ gaze is ubiquitous, the community

wields power and control over its members. Inside the apartment building, Mrs. Chang feels that

she is being watched all the time; she has to exercise extreme caution and avoid being seen with

Mr. Chow. In one scene when the neighbors are away, Mrs. Chang visits Mr. Chow to discuss

martial arts. Suddenly, Gus and Mrs. Suen return home earlier than expected. Although Mrs.

Chang does nothing wrong, she dares not walk out of Mr. Chow’s apartment like a normal

neighbor would. Instead, she is stuck in his place over night and only sneaks back to her room

when all the neighbors have gone to bed after several hours of mahjong.

Housing problems give rise to the lack of privacy within Wong’s diasporic community,

and the ubiquitous gaze blurs the line between public and private spaces. Wong recalls, “In

those days, the housing problems were such that you’d have two or three families living under

the same roof, and they’d have to share the kitchen and toilets, even their privacy” (Tobias 7).

People in the apartment building cannot hide their secrets from neighbors in one of the most

densely-populated cities in the world. Private places are no longer private when the camera eye,

aligning with the gaze of curious neighbors and audience, has easy access to residents’

Page 85: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

79

bedrooms. In one scene, as if he becomes aware of the intruding stare of the camera in the dark

hallway, Mr. Chow slams the door. It feels like he just slammed the door in the audience’s face.

As private space is no longer private because of the watchful eyes of the community

members, public spaces, where strangers congregate, ironically, become places to express true

feelings. Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang never talk about their private feelings inside the tenant

building. However, in public spaces, such as restaurants, although still cautious, they discuss

sensitive topics regarding their private lives. Also, in a semi-public space inside a cab, the most

intimate moment takes place as Mr. Chow tries to touch Mrs. Chang’s hand. In this scene,

artificial lights set up the back seat like a small stage to present the characters’ faces clearly,

whereas the cab driver is completely out of the picture as if the two have the cab all to

themselves. Wong employs a close-up shot to show Chow carefully moving his left hand toward

Mrs. Chang’s. Also, the street around the corner is the one of the very few places in which the

two dare to hold each other’s hands.

Wong’s use of deep-focus highlights the sense of confinement within the film and shows

that the characters are embedded in their environment as well as their own predicaments.

Because film produces two-dimensional images, it often provides flat and horizontal

representations of space. However, in In the Mood for Love, space is divided into different

planes with clear focus on the action, while the background and/or the foreground is blurred.

This style of camerawork vividly depicts the diasporic life, showing the characters trapped in

their surroundings, from which there is no escape. For instance, Mrs. Chang and Mr. Chow

often role-play as their spouses in the street near their building. The camera watches them from

behind the window. In the scene, the frame is divided into three components: the foreground

window in a blur, two characters in the middle in focus, and the foreground wall in a blur.

Page 86: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

80

Thanks to this clever division of planes, the characters are literally sandwiched between the

window and the wall, which most accurately points out their dilemma. Furthermore, in the

communal living room well lit by a floor lamp, the deep-focus shot shows Mrs. Chang and Mr.

Chow discuss novels. However, the camera stays far away from the room, using the dark

hallway and the lamp inside the room to create a spectacular example of depth of field. These

two characters are embedded in their dark surroundings, and the lamp, probably a symbol of

their romance, gives out light and warmth within an oppressive society.

Overall, Wong’s cinematic city is a perplexing space that refuses any easy mapping. It

starts with the confusing floor plan at the beginning of the film when both the Changs and the

Chows move in on the same day. This coincidence creates chaos as the movers keep moving

furniture into the wrong couples’ apartments and have to redeliver it to the other wing of the

building. The traffic in this enclosed space only adds to the sense of bewilderment. The

building is not only disorienting to the movers but also to the audience. The filmmaker confuses

the audience more by not following a consistent camera position while filming the scenes. In

some scenes, we see Mrs. Chang’s apartment on the left side of the hall way but in some other

scenes it appears on the right. For a moment, one thinks that he or she knows where the

apartment is located, but in the next minute, one only becomes completely lost again.

Sometimes, contradictions seem to be deliberately placed in the film to confuse the audience.

The sense of disorientation is further enhanced through the characters’ ambivalent

relationship as Wong plays with the audience’s expectations. Between Mr. Chow and Mrs.

Chang, many scenes that show intimacy only turn out to be acts. The seduction and the break-up

scenes are inserted into the film without any warning, which raises questions about whether these

are acts or real feelings. For instance, following the two scenes in which Mr. Chow and Mrs.

Page 87: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

81

Chang dine and take a walk, the next shot shows Mrs. Chang acting seductively, and Mr. Chow

invites her to spend one night with him. In the subsequent shot, Mrs. Chang suddenly becomes

sad and refuses to believe her husband could have initiated the love affair. Maggie Cheung

comments, “Everything that [Mr. Chow] and [Mrs. Chang] say to each other can also mean its

opposite. Are they rehearsing their love, or is it real?” (Camhi). In other words, things are not

quite what they seem in the film.

The experience of the urban space is proved to be bewildering as the viewers align their

point of view with the standpoint of a little boy, who spies on his neighbors out of curiosity. The

camera eye plays hide-and-seek with the objects on which it spies, and this creates suspense and

mystery as it defamiliarizes the familiar. This standpoint also challenges usual ways of

observing the world. The camera is placed on the eye-level of a child, observing the residents

and surroundings. Since the camera is often hidden behind obstacles and remains distant from

the objects, the characters are more often heard than seen. It is difficult to identify the source of

the voice, and it is confusing as to who is talking to whom and about what. At Mrs. Chow’s

workplace, there is an oval screen behind which the camera is placed. Shooting from behind the

oval screen, the camera can only see the left corner of the screen. As a result of this vantage

point, in one scene, we see only Mr. Chow but not Mrs. Chow’s colleague, who is supposedly

having a conversation with Mr. Chow. Besides obstacles, abrupt movements of the camera

interrupt the audience’s identification with the camera eye and cause disorientation. The camera

eye is evasive in avoiding direct eye contact, which also denies the audience’s identification with

the actors on the screen.

The use of mirrors in this film challenges our sense of space and facilitates a feeling of

disorientation by creating illusions and distractions. The function of mirrors in this film is

Page 88: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

82

different from that in Days of Being Wild. As opposed to a tool for narcissistic reflection,

mirrors in In the Mood for Love play with lights and shadows while showing the audience a city

through a kaleidoscope. One prime example is the hotel scene in which Mr. Chow and Mrs.

Chang work together to write martial-art novels. Inside the hotel room, there is a folding mirror

on the desk. As Mr. Chow is working right in front of the mirror with Mrs. Chang sitting behind

him, the camera eye observes the two from behind Mrs. Chang. The desk mirror creates an

illusion that they are sitting right next to each other, which is impossible in reality. The camera

dances around these two characters. When it is on the left side, the desk mirror shows Chow

watching Mrs. Chang attentively, whereas the reality is that Chow is simply staring at the mirror

thinking about his novel. The mirror draws the two closer to each other in Wong’s visual

imagery than what is allowed in their reality. The mirror provides a means to spy on the

characters for the curious neighbors and the audience. In one sequence, when Mrs. Chow finds

out that Mr. Chang does not intend to divorce his wife, she becomes upset and starts to cry. In

the following shot, the camera enters an empty room, but we can hear that someone is crying in

shower. Instead of approaching the shower to find out who is crying, the camera hovers over a

mirror on the wall. In the reflection of the small mirror, we discover that nobody is actually

taking a shower and the woman is simply using the sound of it to cover up her own voice.

Regarding this function of mirror, Thomas Y. T. Luk explains: “the audience peeps on the

behavior of Mr. Chow and Lizhen through the mirrors hung on the wall…the director is

interested in showing the contrary effect—the characters are cornered under the pressure of

social propriety and mores” (215). Similar to the function of a surveillance camera, mirrors put

characters under close scrutiny. Rather than directly staring at the objects, the camera eye

discreetly observes the community members in the reflections of mirrors.

Page 89: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

83

In the film, stairways also become expressive tools to reveal the characters’ inner turmoil

and the tensions in their relationships. The stairway between the apartment building and the

noodle shop is a public space where the central characters can escape from the neighbors’

watchful eyes and show their loneliness and frustration with their spouses. The narrow and steep

staircases are never wide enough for two people to walk up side by side. Under the dim

streetlights, as Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang walk up and down the stairs, their relationships

secretly change like plants under misty rain in sub-tropical climate. In Architecture Inside Out,

Karen Frank observes the movement on stairs, “Architecture does not simply suggest movement.

It frequently choreographs it, encouraging us to move in particular ways…How clear it is with

stairways: short steps with no landings tell your body to move straight up, no pausing, no

turning” (qtd. in “City of Women” 117). In Wong’s film, the flight of stairs leads the tenants

from their apartments to the food stand for wonton soup. Stairs in the city magically enable the

expansion of space vertically, and they are always full of mysteries and suspense.

Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang meet each other while going out to the noodle stand. This

happens more often when their spouses are absent. A bowl of noodles is a rather quick and

therefore convenient food for single people, and family men are rarely found eating in the fast

food stand. The frequency with which Mr. Chow and Mrs. Chang hit the noodle stand suggests

the crisis in their marriages. Mrs. Chang, according to one of the watchful neighbors, dresses up

even for a short trip to the noodle stand. Her overdress-ness calls attention to her loneliness and

quiet despair.

To add to the sense of confusion and uncertainty, Hong Kong is associated with not only

bewilderment but also moral decline in that most of men are depicted as promiscuous. Mrs.

Chang witnesses the corruption and decadence that prevails in the city, and most of men that she

Page 90: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

84

knows of are promiscuous. Her own husband is having an affair with his neighbor. Her boss is

an old man who secretly keeps a mistress named Miss Yu. Working as a secretary, Mrs. Chang

has to lie to her boss’s wife for him and buy gifts for both his wife and mistress. Coincidently,

the boss’s double life perfectly mirrors that of Mr. Chang. Also, Mr. Chow’s only friend Ah

Ping is driven by lust for Mrs. Chang’s beauty. From Ah Ping’s conversation with Mr. Chow,

we learn that he once deliberately left his hat in Mrs. Chang’s office in order to use it as an

excuse to see her again. Furthermore, on one decrepit wall, which Mrs. Chang often passes on

her way to the noodle shop, there are advertisements for gonorrhea treatment and sex tonic. As

these advertisements speak silently to those who pass by, they also present a city of corruption

and decadence, indicated by the loss of innocence, through unspeakable and oppressed sexual

desires linked to shameful venereal disease and sexual incompetence.

The dominant closed form of space eventually gives way to the open space in the last

sequence when Mr. Chow visits Angkor Wat and vents his secrets into a hole in a ruined wall.

The sight of sky, the sun, and the empty monastery in Angkor Wat offers a rather pleasant

alternation and temporary relief from the oppressing built environment in Hong Kong. When

Mr. Chow starts whispering into the hollow, the close-up of him changes to a long shot from a

low angle while the camera spins around him. As the camera continues to move around the

central character, the place is set in motion. Sunrays and the shadows of the ruins dance around

Mr. Chow, which endows an illusion of lightness and freedom.

The film opens with the formation of the Shanghainese community, signified by the

moving-in of the characters’ families, and closes with the dispersion of this community. The

development of the relationship between the two central characters is affected by the attitude of

the community, whereas the fate of the community is determined by political and economic

Page 91: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

85

conditions in Hong Kong. Mrs. Chang terminates her relationship with Mr. Chow because of the

disapproval from Mrs. Suen, which leads to Mr. Chow’s escape to Singapore. Three years later,

the whole community disappears due to political upheavals in 1966: Mr. Gu moves to

Philippines, and Mrs. Suen is leaving for America.

The collapse of the Shanghainese community, although considered a loss, makes way for

the emergence of local identity, manifested by Mr. Chow’s moving out to a hotel room and

mingling with diasporas from other regions of China in the next film 2046. The group identity,

the Shanghainese diasporic identity, fades and individuals start their new search for who they are

as they go to new places. This change is reflected in the construction of cinematic Hong Kong in

2046. Although the claustrophobic space, characteristic of diasporic experience, continues to

dominate 2046, the mood of restrain disappears along with the Shanghainese community. Hong

Kong in 2046 is configured as a landscape of desire, which embodies deeply-seated cultural

anxiety over Chinese government’s promise of “no change for 50 years.” The spatial features in

2046, how they are different from those in In the Mood for Love, and how the interaction

between space and characters affects the construction of identity will be further explored in the

next chapter.

Page 92: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

86

CHAPTER 4

THE DECADENT CITY—2046

In this chapter, my analysis will focus on Wong’s depiction of Hong Kong in the late

1960s. Through examining Wong’s representation of the city in its crucial moment of forming

local identity, I shall argue that Wong’s construction of the city in the late 1960s reflects the

tensions of the postcolonial present. Through the protagonist’s experience with the city and his

strong escapist tendencies, the filmmaker further explores the relationship between Hong Kong’s

colonial past, the postcolonial present, and the unpredictable future.

2046 (2004) is the last chapter in Wong’s 1960s trilogy. The protagonist, Chow Muyun

(Tony Leung), is the continuation of the character with the same name from In the Mood for

Love but with some variations. Chow’s unrequited love for Mrs. Chang (Maggie Cheung) and his

rugged life in Singapore transform him from a caring family man to a womanizer who adopts a

cynical attitude toward life. He gambles, attends lucullan parties, and beds random women.

2046 is Chow’s adjacent hotel room, and the future city that he creates during the most

depressing time in Hong Kong history. The future city of 2046 is a place where nothing

changes, and people are allowed to retrieve their lost memories. Chow travels back and forth

between reality and the imaginary place of 2046 in search of answers to questions about the past,

present, and future.

In Wong’s 2046, a distinguishable Hong Kong identity begins to emerge, first as it

manifests itself in the symbolic location of Wan Chai to define a sense of place. In the previous

two films, Days of Being Wild and In the Mood for Love, the location of Hong Kong is

Page 93: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

87

downplayed or simply ignored because both films are set in an anonymous background without

any recognizable signs referring to Hong Kong. However, from the outset of 2046, the narrator

introduces the audience to the place of his residence—a hotel room in Wan Chai, a district that

was made famous worldwide by English writer Jackson’s novel The World of Suzie Wong in

1957. The emergence of local identity is also emphasized by Wong through bringing to the

audience’s attention the old footage of the Star Ferry riot. In Hong Kong history, the Star Ferry

riots mark a critical moment for the emergence of local identity. After witnessing how the leftist

force instigated violence during the riots, Hong Kong residents lost their trust in the Chinese

government, stopped looking up to the mainland for cultural inspiration, and chose to side with

the colonial government. To better show the filmmaker’s identification with the colony, I will

also compare Wong’s perception of the city with Liu Yichang’s in the novel The Drunkard, on

which 2046 is roughly based, and show how the differences between the film and the original

text suggest two artists’ different relationships with the city and how they demonstrate Wong’s

assertion of local identity.

While local identity slowly rises to the center stage in Wong’s film, diasporic identity

still persists. When the film was made in 2004, Hong Kong was still going through its transition

period of fifty years to the expiration date of the “one country, two system” policy. The anxiety

of waiting in Wong’s reality can be easily detected in the diasporic life of the characters, who are

also trapped in a transitional period in 2046. The sense of instability and insecurity that is

inherent to diasporic experiences reaches a new level in 2046 through the filmmaker’s

representation of the city in its most chaotic historical moments. The primary setting of the film,

the Oriental Hotel, provides an epitomic example of the in-between spaces, the ultimate form of

Page 94: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

88

transitoriness and liminality. The liminal space of hotel is closely linked to the temporary erotic

love or the lack of long-lasting partnerships among the characters.

Besides the emerging local identity and persistent diasporic identity that coexist in

Wong’s cinematic space of Hong Kong in 2046, the film is also dominated by a strong sense of

escapism that is most evident in the narrator’s perception of the city as a site for erotic love and

his creation of an imaginary future that is opposite to his present time. Akin to the drunkard of

the novel who drowns his conscience in alcohol to protest against rampant commercialization

and excessive materialism, Chow vents his dissatisfaction against the chaos and insecurity in the

society of his time through his candid exploration of sexuality. Juxtaposed with the cinematic

decadent Hong Kong in the same film is the imaginary future city, which reflects the

postcolonial desire for stability yet also problematizes the obsession with permanence in order to

suggest an alternative attitude toward change and uncertainty, which also plays a significant role

in shaping postcolonial local identity.

Before I start the discussion of the emergence of local identity in Wong’s cinematic city

in 2046, I shall first address the issue of identity in post-colonial Hong Kong during the time

period when the film was made. Wong’s 2046 emphasizes the colonial past and an unknown

future, which stems from the postcolonial present. The film was released in 2004, seven years

into Hong Kong’s postcolonial era, a time when local identity was of central concern. As

economic cooperation between Hong Kong and the mainland had greatly increased, many people

in Hong Kong became anxious about losing the uniqueness of the locality amid its integration

into a pan-Chinese identity.

Nevertheless, affected by disparate and conflicting ideologies and interests, even people

from the same community had different perspectives on the power that the economic affiliation

Page 95: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

89

between the mainland and Hong Kong would have over local identity. For instance, in

“Postcolonial Hong Kong Cinema: Utilitarianism and (Trans) local,” Laikwan Pang dismisses

the possibility of losing local uniqueness and argues that in spite of the nationalization, Hong

Kong cinema still strives for a local Hong Kong identity. According to Pang, nationalization in

Hong Kong cinema is presented as a utilitarian economic survival strategy. Pang claims:

Since the nationalization that Hong Kong cinema is embracing is mainly an economic

one, Hong Kong people would appear not to be giving up but indeed holding more tightly

to a local Hong Kong identity, which serves as a fantasized coherence of the people that

grounds their economic games. (425)

For Pang, although some actors such as Tony Leung, Andy Lau, and Chow Yun-fat opt for a

pan-Chinese identity to appeal to mainland audiences, regional identity still persists in Hong

Kong cinema. For instance, Ronald Cheung’s Dragon Loaded (2003) and Johnnie To’s Election

(2005) still present an unmistakably Hong Kong identity by addressing Hong Kongers’ concerns

in daily life and defending the local voice in the desire for democracy.

While some people in the community hold fast to local identity, others embrace Pan-

Chinese identity; the post-1997 era of Hong Kong entails identity crisis. Films directed by

Johnnie To, John Woo, Alan Mak, and Tsui Hark are constantly read as allegories of

postcolonial concerns around national identity. In the article “Schizophrenic Hong Kong,”

Howard Y. F. Choy argues that the Chinese government’s control over Hong Kong involves the

recolonization of the capitalist city despite Hong Kong’s quasi-nation status. Choy reads the

main characters’ identity crisis and split personality in Andrew Lau and Alan Mak’s Infernal

Affairs trilogy as an indicator of an identity crisis among the natives of Hong Kong. He

maintains:

Page 96: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

90

[Hong Kong natives] find themselves helplessly trapped in the juxtaposition of the dual

identities of “overseas” British (as classified and parenthesized in their passports), who

have no right to their adopted country, and Chinese nationals, who have no choice in

determining their own nationality. (53)

For Choy, Hong Kong’s reunification with China after 150 years of British rule is not seen as “a

return” but an internal struggle that causes a schizophrenic identity.

Made in this tension-ridden postcolonial era, 2046 captures Hong Kong in its agonizing

struggle with social transformations and identity. The film is by far the most overtly political of

Wong’s films. Although the work was finished in 2004, the director conceived the story in 1997,

the year when the British transferred Hong Kong to China. The Chinese government promised

that the economic and political system in Hong Kong would remain the same for the next fifty

years. 2046 is the last year of that promise. The director explains: “The film is about promise.

In 1997, China’s government promised 50 years of change. And I think, well, I should make a

film about promises. Have things really changed in 50 years? So the film is set in the year 2046;

it is a futuristic film” (Kaufman). Inspired by the political agenda, the director explores the

nature of promise and change.

Promise, first of all, is an assurance of continuity against uncertainty and insecurity. It

links the present with the future because making a promise takes place now but the promise is

enacted in the future. While exploring the theme of promise and its central role in human affairs

in On the Genealogy of Morals, Friedrich Nietzsche asks, “To breed an animal with the right to

make promises—is not this the paradoxical task that nature has set itself in the case of man? is

this not the real problem regarding man ” (1). For Nietzsche, a promise entails responsibility and

conscience, and the faculty of promising distinguishes humans from animals. Hannah Arendt,

Page 97: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

91

inspired by Nietzsche’s argument, further illuminates the temporal structure of promise. For

Arendt, promise is “a mechanism that controls the future,” by “binding the group together and

linking the individual back to a past from which it began and from which it can begin again”

(Lemm 162). Promise has power over the future under unpredictable circumstances if people

remember their promises and are noble enough to keep them.

The Chinese government’s promise aimed at assuring a smooth transition of Hong Kong

from Britain to Chinese sovereignty. It promised that the laws of Hong Kong, its current social

and economic systems, and its inhabitants’ lifestyles would remain unchanged for the next fifty

years. The promise here was to set up a state of unchanging time because the residents of Hong

Kong wanted their current modes of life to remain intact.

However, the promise not to change per se is problematic because it is simply

implausible to deny change. Though human agency cannot stop the world from changing, the

people of Hong Kong feared change before the handover. Wong’s 2046 exploits this fear and

attempts to channel it into something positive. While the majority of residents in Hong Kong are

afraid of changes and uncertainty, Wong suggests that change might not be as negative as it

seems. In 2046, through Chow, who is desperate for change, Wong proposes a survival strategy:

if change is inevitable, embrace it. Stephen Teo observes: “Wong is really telling his Hong

Kong audience that they should take the opportunity of changeless time to reflect on themselves

and their history…in order to prepare themselves for the great changes that are to come after

2046” (Wong Kar-wai 142). In 2046, the future is troubled by the promise of changeless time.

As others flock to a place that does not change, Chow’s fictional character Tak wants to leave the

unchanging realm of 2046. Tak’s desire for change somehow parallels with Chow’s and Wong’s

desires for transformation.

Page 98: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

92

The search for a local identity in Hong Kong has not faded after 1997. Postcolonial

identity crisis not only inspires the making of 2046 but also affects Wong’s choices of which

historical events shall be included in the film and how these particular incidents shall be

presented. The film 2046 is set in Hong Kong during the late 1960s, a strife-ridden time defined

by constant chaos and violence in the public realm. The 1966 disturbances and the 1967 riots

reflected a general dissatisfaction over social issues, such as poor living and working conditions

in addition to rampant corruption among law enforcement officers. Nevertheless, it is also a

crucial moment in Hong Kong history in terms of local identity.

In the spring of 1966, a young man named So Sao Chung was arrested for starting a

hunger strike against the fare increase at the Star Ferry terminal. Immediately, his supporters

joined the protest. Violence broke out as some of the rioters set fire to cars and public facilities.

The British government quickly responded and sent troops to the streets. In a few days, the riots

were under control. By 1967, a series of anti-colonial riots, inspired by the Cultural Revolution

on the mainland and organized by local leftists, erupted in Hong Kong. It started as an industrial

dispute but rapidly changed into a violent confrontation between the rioters and the British

government. This anti-colonial action soon involved terrorism, including bombings and

murders. Those who had previously showed no support for either the communists or the colonial

regime now sided with the government of Hong Kong. In Hong Kong’s Watershed: the 1967

Riots, Gary Ka-wai Cheung points out, “In the aftermath of the 1967 riots, many Hong Kong

people began to treasure the colony—a ‘refugee society’ that served as a haven for those fleeing

from political upheavals in the mainland—as their ‘genuine home’” (5). In the following years,

government reform helped restore social order and faith, and the subsequent economic

development gave rise to the emergence of local identity.

Page 99: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

93

The late 1960s was a critical time for the emergence of Hong Kong identity since

residents abandoned their hopes of returning to the mainland and decided to stay in Hong Kong

permanently. Before the riots, the majority of population was mainly exiled to this small island

for political reasons, and the immigrants had strong cultural connections with mainland China.

They were against the colonial rule and disgusted by the rampant corruption among the British

police officers. However, the riot in 1967 made people change their opinions once and for all.

Witnessing the damage and destruction caused by the Chinese Communist Party, the first-

generation immigrants decided that they could no longer return to China and that Hong Kong

was the only choice for their survival.

This historical moment and the consequent identity crisis are reflected in some old

footage of the 1967 riots that Wong uses in his film and his depiction of the city that is

characterized by confusion and commotion. The filmmaker adopts a defensive reaction toward

the anonymous and violent crowds in the footage of the riot. The black and white newsreel

shows close-ups of clenched fists waving in air with revolutionary ardor and anonymous angry

middle-aged men shouting. Soon demonstrations and protests turn to violence as fires, shooting,

and looting rage throughout the city streets. As tension builds up, the length of every shot

shortens, and the cutting speeds up. In a voice-over, Chow reports the whole incident in a

matter-of-fact fashion, while the theme music flares up in a rather high and sharp pitch denoting

urgency and crisis. Following the violent street scene is a close-up of the back of Chow’s head

in an interior setting, which announces his protest against the chaotic world. The next shot cuts

to a puff of smoke rising from Chow’ lighted cigarette. With white and blue side-lighting, the

smoke itself appears to be expressive, corresponding to the outside pressure. Heavy stripes of

Page 100: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

94

moving lights cast shadows on Chow, and this effect creates a noirish atmosphere and enhances

the sense of oppression.

Due to the important role that the Star Ferry incidents played in the emergence of Hong

Kong identity, the flashback of these particular historical incidents in 2046 suggests the local

identity that has been sought after by people of Hong Kong since the signing of the Sino-British

Joint Declaration in 1984. Wong’s unmistakable interests in this decisive moment of Hong

Kong history in which local identity came into being is further shown through Chow’s change of

residence from the Shanghainese community to the Oriental Hotel, where people from different

places congregate. Chow’s choice of residence confirms a new identity that grows out of the

previous Shanghainese diasporic identity as he mingles with other Chinese who are not

Shanghainese. For the first time in Wong’s trilogy, the audience sees Hong Kong as a melting

pot. The owner of the hotel, the professional gambler Su, and Chow’s neighbor Bai Lin are from

different regions in China. The owner’s daughter dates a Japanese man, who later becomes the

inspiration for Chow’s science fiction.

The fact that Chow acknowledges the existence of other Chinese émigrés who speak

neither the Shanghai dialect nor Cantonese but Mandarin is a big step forward in Wong’s

engagement with the construction of local identity. In Wong’s experience, these three

languages—Shanghainese, Cantonese, and Mandarin—represent his past, present, and future.

Shanghainese is spoken around the Shanghai area and also within diasporic Shanghainese

communities overseas. It is the language of Wong’s emigrant parents but not of younger

generations. For Wong’s generation, which has grown up and been educated in Hong Kong,

Cantonese is more commonly used. This point is well demonstrated in Days of Being Wild and

In the Mood for Love. Rebecca Pan in Days of Being Wild, the old Shanghainese woman, is the

Page 101: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

95

only one who speaks perfect Shanghainese, whereas the younger characters all speak Cantonese

even when spoken to in Shanghainese.

Although English and Cantonese are the official languages of Hong Kong, Mandarin,

also known as putonghua, has become popular since the handover. Daniel Kane remarks, “Until

recently Putonghua was rarely heard on the streets of Hong Kong. Now it is heard everywhere.

This partly reflects political reality: Hong Kong was returned to Chinese sovereignty in 1997,

and the official language of China is Putonghua” (23). In the film, Su Lizhen (Li Gong), Bai

Ling (Ziyi Zhang), Wang Jingwen (Faye Wong), Wang Jiewen (Jie Dong), and the hotel

manager (Wang Sum) all speak Mandarin.

Wong’s use of Wan Chai in 2046 also indicates an awakening of local identity. In Days

of Being Wild and In the Mood for Love, the city remains anonymous and distant since the

characters never reveal their specific locations, and they do not seem to care since they are too

caught up in their own private worlds. By contrast, in 2046, Chow states through the voice-over

right at the beginning of the film: “I wasn’t sure how long I’d be staying [in Hong Kong] so I

took a room in a small hotel in Wan Chai.” It is the first time in Wong’s trilogy that a specific

location is announced and Hong Kong is no longer an anonymous backdrop. Wah Chai gained

international fame that defines it as a distinctive place in the history of Hong Kong.

Despite the increasing attention to local identity, diasporic identity still prevails in 2046

with the sense of dislocation clearly manifested through its settings. Spaces such as train

compartments and hotels rooms are the thresholds that link the homelands of the diasporic with

their unknown destinations. These two major settings in 2046 provide recurring motifs of exile

in general. Inhabitants of these spaces are suspended from their normal lives until they get to

their final destinations. The potentialities associated with these places often make the inhabitants

Page 102: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

96

involuntary flâneries. While examining the characteristics of Russian exiles in Vladimir

Nabokov: The Russian Years, Brian Boyd asserts that exile is “a mere locus of movement, or at

best a station where people only kill time between a place they remember coming from and a

destination they do not know” (246). Trains and hotel rooms in Wong’s film serve as spatial

metaphors for the diasporic life and its characteristic indeterminacy.

The Oriental Hotel, for example, involves a free flow of individuals coming and leaving,

which characterizes the hotel by mobility and contingency. In 2046, the hotel is a microcity

inside Hong Kong that represents its extremely mobile population and unstable social structure.

Different people take turns to inhabit the room next to Chow’s in a short period of time: Lulu

(Carina Lau), Faye, and Bai Ling (Ziyi Zhang). Wong’s hotel room resembles Siegfried

Kracauer’s hotel lobby in terms of the fleeting relationship between space and the visitors. In

“The Hotel Lobby,” Kracauer compares the anonymous crowd in the hotel lobby with the

congregations of church:

The hotel lobby accommodates all who go there to meet no one. It is the setting for those

who neither seek nor find the one who is always sought, and who are therefore guests in

space as such—a space that encompasses them and has no function other than to

encompass them…Lacking any and all relation, they drip down into the vacuum with the

same necessity that compels those striving in and for reality to lift themselves out of the

nowhere toward their destination. (175)

These guests are strangers whose pasts and futures are unknown to one another. When Chow

lives in the hotel room, he is not sure of his future. This uncertainty is reminiscent of Wong’s

own experience as an exile as he recalls that, “we were always prepared, as kids, that we would

move on, to somewhere else or back to Shanghai. There was no sense that you belonged to this

Page 103: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

97

place or city” (Camhi). The diasporic life typically juxtaposes displacement from the familiar

with the constant emergence of new spaces.

Ironically, these spaces promise liberation yet they produce random and fleeting

relationships. For Chow, the hotel is free from responsibility or family ties, and the place only

engages highly mobile people. Although he always becomes involved with his female

neighbors, they come and go. Lulu used to live in room 2046, but she is stabbed by her

boyfriend the night she meets Chow. Faye moves in but soon moves to Japan when she marries

a Japanese man. Chow’s encounter with Bai Ling is short and tragic, and because of her

unrequited love for him, Bai Ling has to escape to Singapore to start over like Chow did in In the

Mood for Love.

This in-between space, best illustrated in the Oriental Hotel, is portrayed as entrapment.

The use of 1:66 Cinemascope in 2046 highlights how the characters are stranded in their

environments by greatly amplifying space inside the frame and squeezing the characters into

small corners on the screen. Teo asserts that Wong’s use of the scope aspect ratio creates depth

and mystery because “characters composed close to the edges leave vast shadow and space to fill

in the rest of the frame” and, with the help of light and shadow, “characters are placed off center

to activate the space that surrounds them with mystery and depth” (150). By filling the actual

space between characters with more space through the use of Cinemascope, Wong further

separates the characters and keeps them apart to suggest the great distance between them.

Furthermore, Chow’s entrapment cannot be more explicit as the hotel room that he inhabits used

to be a jail for political prisoners. Wong says:

Hong Kong is a small city. All the space is very limited. To shoot with a cinemascope is

looking for troubles. We are going to shoot the film with a cinemascope in the small hotel

Page 104: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

98

room, which used to be a prison for political criminals in 1960s. Everything is vertical

and very narrow. For [Christopher], it was extremely hard since there is no way to put the

light. Everyone has to squeeze in one corner. Cinemascope is wide and horizontal. I

want to show that this character [Chow] is trapped in this space. (Lan)

The lens amplifies the space between characters to show how they are close to each other

physically but far apart psychologically and how the characters are caught in an empty space.

The main character Chow in 2046 is based on the protagonist of Hong Kong émigré

writer Liu Yichang’s The Drunkard (1963), the first stream-of-consciousness novel in modern

Chinese literature. The narrator of Liu’s novel, a disillusioned writer, is a Shanghainese

immigrant who lives in 1960s Hong Kong in which capitalist modernization is affecting every

line of life. Appalled by the prevalent values of commercialization of everything in Hong Kong

society and disappointed in love, he chooses to become an alcoholic in order to escape reality.

The protagonist is extremely poor, struggling daily to make ends meet yet he still aspires to be a

serious journalist who writes political pieces. In order to pay rent and have a regular alcohol

supply, he has to give up his dream and dignity to write martial art and porn fiction, the mass

popular literature that he considers far below his taste. Eventually, disheartened by the

dehumanizing commercial society and stripped of hope in love and fulfilling his ambition, the

writer attempts suicide. However, when his plan fails, he decides to start a new life.

The different between how Liu and Wong depict Hong Kong is critical to understand

what identity politics each adapts. Hong Kong in Liu’s novel is an alien city, a state that is

repeatedly indicated in the drunkard’s memories of Shanghai and his severe criticism of Hong

Kong society as a cultural desert which is simply not sophisticated enough to appreciate high art.

The drunkard’s perception of the city is closely related to Liu’s own experience as an exile and

Page 105: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

99

an outsider to Hong Kong city. Hong Kong was never Liu’s first choice but “‘a concentration

camp’ of various evils (crime, philistinism, venality, prostitution)” (Stanley 161). After spending

several years in Singapore and Kuala Lumpur, Liu was forced to return to Hong Kong after the

newspapers he worked for was shut down. In the article “Liu Yichang and the Temporalities of

Capitalist Modernity,” Lo Kwai-Cheng describes,

[Liu’s] return was not a journey towards ‘home,’ but merely a return to the city that he

originally had no wish to stay. So what he was practicing in his stories was a ‘distanced

reading’ of this city, which he could only read through the isolation of detachment, by not

being a part of it, by being for once an insider who was also an outsider. (168)

Liu’s outsider status is further suggested through the depiction of his protagonist, the drunkard,

as a helpless victim of circumstances trapped in Hong Kong who can do nothing but kill himself

to stop the pain. By describing himself as a victim who passively suffers from all sorts of plights,

the narrator denies any possibility of agency and regards himself as a victim rather than the

producer of history.

Probably due to the fact that Liu’s experience with Hong Kong is different from Wong’s,

Liu’s drunkard’s relationship with the city differs from that of Wong’s character Chow. Liu and

Wong came to Hong Kong in a different time period. Despite two artists’ common

Shanghainese background, Wong moved to Hong Kong in 1963 at age of five, whereas Liu

immigrated to Hong Kong in 1949 when he was thirty. Based on different life experiences, these

two artists developed different perceptions of the same city. Hong Kong is just a host city for

Liu, but it is a home for Wong. Liu’s original story takes place in 1963 but Wong starts his story

in 1966 to include the 1966 political riots. As Liu laments on the loss of the motherland, Wong

sides with the colonial government by allowing his point of view to follow that of the authority

Page 106: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

100

in the old footage of the riot. In the short film documenting the riot, apparently positioned

behind the policemen, the camera films everything from across the rioters, who appear to be

irrational and out of control on the other side of the streets. Furthermore, Wong ignores Liu’s

character’s internal struggles with his outsider status, his ambition with high art, and his

relentless attack on the commodification of everything in Capitalism by attributing all the

character’s suffering to his personal loss of the former lover. Lastly but not least, Wong’s Chow

is not depicted as a helpless victim but an aggressive womanizer, whose pervert voyeuristic gaze

is always set upon the girl living next door. Living in a suite in the Oriental hotel, Chow is more

of a listless playboy than a disheartened intellectual as impoverished as Liu’s drunkard who

always has problems with having enough money to pay rent.

Similar to the drunkard in Liu’s novel who, as an outsider to his surroundings, can do

nothing about reality but seeks mental distraction through alcohol, Chow also adopts a

pessimistic and passive attitude toward his private life and the society of his time. Chow’s lack

of deliberate effort to change the realities of his life and confront his sense of anxiety and

dislocation are demonstrated through his similar act of escapism in 2046, though not primarily

through drinking but sex.

The decadent cinematic Hong Kong in 2046 shows the protagonist Chow’s relationship

with the city and how this relationship shapes his identity. The city is decadent, rapacious, and

squalid from the perspective of Chow. Chow’s perception of Hong Kong in the late 1960s as a

decadent city has political implications. In terms of using a profligate city to convey a political

message, Chow shares his experience with the writers of decadent literature in Shanghai during

the 1920s. Hu-mei Shih’s observation on decadent literature from Shanghai’s colonial period

Page 107: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

101

sheds light on Wong’s graphic eroticism. To illustrate the political meaning of this tradition in

Chinese literature, Hu-mei Shih notes in The Lure of the Modern:

Decadent literature was an expression of the hypersensitive moderns’ pursuit of sensual

stimulation, which was a form of escape from but also a kind of protest against the world,

toward which they harbored profound sadness and disappointment. In this specific

historical moment, even escape could be construed as a form of protest, since alienation

from society often indicated the individual’s sense of nihilism towards undesired social

transformation. (112)

The works of the decadent writers in Shanghai articulate dissatisfaction with a society that is

characterized by injustice and corruption.

In a similar fashion to this literature, Chow’s Hong Kong is defined by the obsession with

excessive sensual stimulation, and his voluntary self-alienation in times of trouble is an active

protest against undesirable reality. It is the unspeakable “profound sadness and disappointment”

of which the eroticism in the film 2046 tries to speak. Through eroticism, the film 2046 explores

repressed emotions and tackles sensitive topics such as corruption and moral decline.

In the construction of the decadent city of Hong Kong, Wong also follows Richard

Mason in his novel The World of Suzie Wong by emphasizing the licentious, pleasure-mad, and

corrupt aspect of the city. The district of Wan Chai in particular was first made famous

internationally for the interracial romance between a Hong Kong prostitute, Suzie Wong, and an

English artist. The novel, written in 1957, was made into a Hollywood film in 1960 with Nancy

Kwan as Suzie Wong and William Holden as the male lead. Both the novel and the film The

World of Suzie Wong chronicled the new “service economy” in addition to the reemergence of

the sex industry in Hong Kong. They helped encourage Western men’s fantasies of the Orient as

Page 108: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

102

a paradise for sexual adventures with Saigon, Tokyo, Shanghai, and Hong Kong as exotic

spectacles for Western voyeurism. Wan Chai, located on the northern shore of Hong Kong

Island, is still famous for prostitution. In Streets: Exploring Hong Kong Island, Jason Wordie

recommends Wan Chai as a must-see attraction:

The international reputation of Wan Chai as a raunchy nightlife zone developed in the

postwar period and became legendary during the Vietnam War, when large numbers of

(mainly) American servicemen came to Hong Kong for R&R (Rest &Recreation)—also

irreverently described by some observers as I&I (Intoxication and Intercourse). (104)

In mass media, Wan Chai is constructed as a site full of sexually charged desires and fantasies.

Ironically, when put into the film The World of Suzie Wong, the real site of Wan Chai in

the 1960s didn’t seem to live up to the expectations. According to David Leffman and Jules

Brown in Hong Kong and Macau, this red-light district in reality was not sleazy enough to meet

the white men’s imaginations: “When the film was made in 1960, Wan Chai itself wasn’t

deemed to be photogenically sleazy enough, filming taking place around Hollywood Road

instead” (85). Hollywood’s filmic representation of Wan Chai as a red light district was

apparently successful, and the myth about the Hong Kong hooker with a heart of gold lingers on.

In both the novel and the film, Wan Chai continues to entice men from all over the world who

want to explore this exotic aspect of Hong Kong.

It is obvious that Wan Chai is not only a white man’s fantasy but also Wong’s. Wong

was aware of the story of Suzie Wong in Wan Chai when he made 2046. Suzie Wong was the

filmmaker’s fantasy from childhood, and the space with which she is associated, such as bars and

clubs, were part of Wong’s environment. Wong found the brooding environment and the

dancing girls alluring:

Page 109: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

103

After I first came to Hong Kong from Shanghai, I was living in Tsimshatsui, an area

frequented by girls who were generally known as Suzie Wong—girls who worked in the

bars entertaining sailors arriving on those battleships. There were lots of bars and clubs

in that area which was my world at that time, and I was very much attracted to this sort of

sleazy establishment. (Lalanne 84)

With full awareness of the story of Suzie Wong, the filmmaker aimed at recreating a similarly

sleazy space for his male character in 2046.

To best capture Wan Chai in 2046, Wong uses the color red as a way of creating an erotic

feel for the place. This expressive color that often dominates the explicit sex scenes, which are

absent in Days of Being Wild and In the Mood for Love, creates an atmospheric landscape of

desire in 2046. In other words, the space of Wan Chai is sexualized, implied by the prevalence

of the color red. In the nightclubs, pubs, and restaurants where characters seek pleasure and

company, everything is red.

In one scene, a shot shows clearly a nightclub’s hallway lit by red lights that extend all

the way into the distance. The depth of the hallway resembles a gigantic open mouth of a

monster that devours people that walk into it. In a close-up shot of the foreground, a bargirl is

soliciting a man in an attempt to lure him into entering the place. As the couple walks farther

into the other end of the hallway, Chow and his friends approach the foreground. Everyone

dresses up: dancing girls in alluring cheungsam, male clients in black western suits, and gigolos

in sparkling outfits. Everyone is dallying with everyone else and exchanging insincere

compliments with strangers. The whole sequence is shot in slow motion, and this flow of images

lends a sense of drunkenness to the scene. At the same time, human voices are drowned out by

the deep despair in Shigeru Umebayashi’s “Polonaise,” which enhances the apocalyptic feel.

Page 110: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

104

The highly-sexualized character Lulu, the same dancing girl from Days of Being Wild,

always appears in spaces illuminated by red lights. The entire scene in which Chow and Lulu

run into each other after their last encounter in Singapore lasts thirty-six seconds, and it is all in

red. When Chow comes back to check on her, she has already been stabbed by her boyfriend,

and her place is covered in blood. In Chow’s novel, Lulu also appears in a red dress, and after

her boyfriend stabs her, the camera captures him looking back through a curtain of red flowers in

the foreground. Red is indicative of not only desire and passion but also violence and

destruction. When the space is covered in red, it generates a dreamy feeling but also a sinister

sense that reminds one of an inferno, in which fire devours human souls.

When red is combined with green, it alludes to the Chinese idiom deng hong jiu lü, which

means red lanterns and green wine. The phrase describes more explicitly a decadent lifestyle

that involves promiscuity and intoxication. This combination of red and green also appears in

Chow’s imaginary future city. His fictional 2046 is a glittering neon world with red and green

lights. When the camera swoops down under the rail lines, from a low angle, two huge red signs

for a pawnshop and a pub further highlight a sinister urban space.

Similar to the cinematic Hong Kong, the future 2046 reflects Chow’s anxiety over his

time and Wong’s uneasiness with Hong Kong’s postcolonial identity. As Wong’s major concern

in 2046, the future is an integral part of the present especially when the former is not only an

extension but also the imagination of the latter. In many ways, Chow’s future city is the opposite

of his present reality, and it is Chow’s fantasy that is meant to channel his anxiety over the

present. The future is a place that will never change, while the present undergoes radical social

transformations. Chow’s characters in the future look for love, whereas people have

meaningless sex in the present. In the future, people have the freedom to go to their dreamland,

Page 111: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

105

yet in the present, Chow is confined to his hotel room. During the political upheavals, Chow

locks himself up in the small hotel room to create this imaginary 2046. Chow states that “the

story ‘2046’ is about a group of men and women who are looking for love. They risk everything

to get to a place called 2046. I made it as bizarre and erotic as possible…although it is a fiction,

some of my own experiences found their way into [my writing].”

Despite Chow’s desire to conjure up a different world in order to escape the present, this

imagined future space, equally bleak and lonesome, is in no way a haven. In a dark tunnel, a

camera on a dolly track moves rapidly backward toward the audience as a bullet train races by

against a dark green and brown background. This oppressive claustrophobic space and the

intimidating power of the train generate a strong sense of tension. Accompanying the hissing

sound of the machine, a hysterical woman screams, “Go away! Go away!” The whole scene is

delirious and even frightening. Tak (Takuya Kimura), the Japanese narrator, introduces this

unchanging city to the audience:

In the year 2046, a vast rail network spans the globe. A mysterious train leaves for 2046

every once in a while. Every passenger going to 2046 has the same intention: they want

to recapture lost memories because nothing ever changes in 2046. Nobody really knows

if that’s true because nobody’s ever come back except for me.

Chow’s 2046 is a traumatic response to his present turmoil in the fictional world. This is made

clear when the future city is reconfigured as a dystopia, a ghost town, a visual spectacle

characterized by an absence of boundaries. In Chow’s imagination, the city strikes awe into the

audience. Touring with the fast moving camera, the audience watches the sprawling and

shapeless city unfold with its towering skyscrapers reminiscent of elongated gravestones. Indeed,

the city is a concrete jungle without any trace of human beings. An extreme long shot of the city

Page 112: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

106

shows train tracks going up in the air and breaking up the cityscape. Trains meander like snakes

around high-rise buildings. As the camera tours the city on a moving train, the viewing angle

changes every few seconds, which adds to the sense of confusion and displacement. As the

camera rises above all the buildings, the buildings quickly move downward. Immediately, the

camera eye reaches the top of the city and is looking down from a high angle above the city.

Within a split second, the camera goes under and travels beneath bridges while looking up at the

skyscrapers.

Departing from the ambiguous portrait of Hong Kong, or rather the absence of Hong

Kong city, in Days of Being Wild and the image of temporary stability and order in In the Mood

for Love, Wong presents Hong Kong in 2046 through bleak pictures of depression and

destruction. Against the background of social disturbances and political turmoil, desperation and

chaos are inscribed on the fragmented cityscape of late-1960s Hong Kong. By depicting Chow’s

pointless involvements with his female neighbors in the Oriental Hotel, Wong sketches Hong

Kong in the late-1960s as a place of anxiety and insecurity. Chow desires an escape from the

past through women, wine, and writing, but these activities, illuminated by red and green lights

provide no way out. In attempts to explore themes of change, promise, and identity through

Chow, Wong creates more questions than answers as the film ends with a big hole to which all

characters reveal their secrets.

In Wong’s trilogy, 2046 presents the most chaotic, fragmented, and bleak urban

landscape of Hong Kong to reflect the anxiety of the present postcolonial condition and

contemplation of the awakening local consciousness in Hong Kong’s history. This chapter

analyzes Wong’s representation of Hong Kong in the late 1960s through the discussion of the

Page 113: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

107

emerging local identity, the persistent diasporic identity, and the prevailing sense of escapism

through Chow’s perception of Hong Kong as a decadent city and his imaginary future city 2046.

As much as the director wants to be open about changes, the future scene of 2046 does

not seem much a promised land but rather an apocalyptic space, replete with cold steel and

empty of humans. It is dominated by an ambience of despair. With this bleak picture of Hong

Kong, Wong ends his trilogy in a depressing manner. In the following chapters, we will see the

filmmaker turn his back on the claustrophobic space and the diasporic identity in his 1960s films

to focus on location shooting in Hong Kong in the late 1980s and early 1990s and the declaration

of a local identity. Contrasting starkly with the colonial edifices of the old Hong Kong, Hong

Kong in Wong’s post-1980 films emerges as a city with its own distinguishing features, a

departure clearly defined by its enormous economic success in the 1970s.

Page 114: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

108

CHAPTER 5

MAPPING MONGKOK—AS TEARS GO BY

This chapter examines Wong’s portrait of contemporary Hong Kong and argues that his

construction of cinematic Hong Kong in As Tears Go by (1988) marks a break from that in his

1960s trilogy. Originating from rural Hong Kong, Wong’s gangster characters are not troubled

by homeland nostalgia. Instead, their turf battles against other Triad members in Mongkok and

their strong desire to belong evoke a solid sense of place and locality in the film. Wong’s

depiction of the city in As Tears Go by is defined by his concerns about the rampant

commercialism in contemporary Hong Kong and the tensions between Western influences and

Chinese tradition in Hong Kong’s process of urbanization and modernization.

In the story of As Tears Go by, the protagonist, Wah (Andy Lau), is the older brother of

Fly (Jacky Cheung) and Ah-Site (Ronald Wong) in the triad underworld of Mongkok in Hong

Kong. Wah is a fierce gangster who excels in the triad business; Fly is an inept yet ambitious

Triad thug who always makes trouble, and his reckless behavior soon endangers everyone

around him. Out of brotherly love and unyielding loyalty, Wah sacrifices his relationship with

Ngor (Maggie Cheung), with whom he falls in love when she is ill and comes to stay with him,

to protect Fly. Against Wah’s warning, Fly is determined to make a name for himself and

volunteers for a suicide mission, which culminates in his own death and Wah’s destruction.

In As Tears Go by, Wong’s cinematic Hong Kong is dramatically different from the

representation of the city in his 1960s trilogy, and the spatial alterations suggest significant

transformations in the characters’ identities and relationships with their surroundings. In the

Page 115: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

109

trilogy, Hong Kong is largely defined by close-ups and medium shots inside claustrophobic

interior spaces, which foreground the characters’ diasporic identities. From the perspectives of

Wong’s characters in the trilogy, Hong Kong is largely irrelevant and therefore invisible. There

are rarely shots of streets or landmarks, and Hong Kong remains in the background merely to

provide a setting for actions and events.

The 1960s trilogy registers a strong sense of nostalgia for the lost Shanghainese

community, and the diasporic identity dominates the cinematic space. In the trilogy, the urban

narratives focus exclusively on the experiences of Shanghainese diasporas: their nostalgia for

their former homeland, tensions between the older and younger generations, adjustments to the

new environment, and their struggles with Westernization and Chinese tradition. Memories of

Shanghai take various forms, such as the replication of luxurious art-deco style of Shanghai in

the 1930s, the female characters’ spectacular cheongsams, the black and white photos of families

and friends, the Shanghainese dialect that the characters speak. These elements all pay homage

to the characters’ former homeland.

In contrast, a strong sense of local identity prevails in Wong’s urban narratives set in

1988 and the 1990s. Characters are no longer confined to their domestic spaces. Instead of

being filmed in close-ups and medium shots that separate them from their surroundings, they are

often seen in public places, integrated to the built environs. Through long or extreme long shots,

Wong’s male characters are presented with recognizable landmarks of Hong Kong in the

background, which clearly establishes the characters as integral parts of the urban environment.

In the films set in the 1980s and 1990s, the central characters are no longer powerless and

isolated like Yuddy in Days of Being Wild or Chow in In the Mood for Love and 2046. In the

nostalgic films, the protagonists are not rooted in any place and show no interest or confidence in

Page 116: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

110

Hong Kong. However, in As Tears Go by, Chungking Express (1994), and Fallen Angels

(1995), the male characters are either violent outlaws who often get themselves involved in turf

battles or policemen who patrol the streets of Hong Kong.

The shots of crowded local streets in As Tears Go by, which are not present in his

previous films, provide an especially important site for examination of space and identity. As

iconic spaces of modernity, city streets have always being intriguing to writers such as Charles

Baudelaire and Walter Benjamin. Baudelaire roamed through the dirty, poverty-stricken streets

of Paris, subjecting them to his voyeuristic gaze. Walter Benjamin, a keen observer of modern

life, also wrote excessively about crowded streets. Gangster films direct attention to street life

by presenting the protagonist moving across urban space. The gangster character has

considerable freedom in the urban environment as he not only subjects the terrain to his gaze but

also actually controls it. Therefore, in As Tears Go by, scenes of city streets have three primary

functions. First, local streets provide a familiar environment for local audiences and thereby

evoke a strong sense of locality. Second, the violent turf wars articulate the characters’ desires

for control over the urban space and suggest their plight in search for identities. For a gangster,

the urban space is full of opportunities and possibilities, and their chances to discover their

identities manifest in spaces they can control and occupy. Audiences in Hong Kong,

experiencing the anxieties and fear of losing locality, easily identify with the gangster characters’

search for identities. Third, streets provide sites for individuals to explore the excitement and

contradictions of modernity.

In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the strong sense of local identity in Hong Kong is

further reinforced through its lack of connection with the mainland: Wong’s characters in As

Tears Go by have no relation with China’s national past. Wah and Fly are both native Hong

Page 117: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

111

Kongers, and their relatives are located in this area. The lack of connection with national past is

particularly self-evident with the younger generations who were born in Hong Kong during and

after the 1960s. Like Wong himself, these young men grew up and received their educations in

the colony, which was heavily influenced by Western popular culture, and these individuals did

not share the older generation’s identification with the mainland.

There are two reasons for the lack of a sense of nationhood. First, the political turmoil of

the 1960s, most notably the Cultural Revolution in the mainland, cost the Communists the

support of most of Hong Kong residents, who grew exasperated by the political disruptions in

their daily lives. Consequently, most residents of Hong Kong opted for colonial rule, which

provided the stability and order necessary for development and prosperity. This was the first

time that Hong Kong residents of Chinese descent turned their back on the mainland in order to

protect their lifestyle in the colony. Second, the economic success during the 1970s boosted the

confidence and pride of Hong Kong residents, especially when compared to the economic

backwardness in the mainland. In mass media, this pride finds expression in the representation

of Chinese cousins as outsiders/country bumpkins, whereas Hong Kongers are portrayed as

sophisticated and modern. Therefore, from the 1970s onwards, Hong Kong seemed politically

and economically ready to detach itself from the influence of China and set off on its own.

Since political and economic forces are the primary agents of cultural changes, the

examination of Wong’s cinematic space in As Tears Go by will focus on the political and

economic influences that shaped cultural identity in Hong Kong during the late 1980s. First, I

shall concentrate on the threats that arise from the political tension between Hong Kong and the

mainland. Second, I will examine Wong’s presentation of Mongkok as a contested and

dangerous space full of uncertainty that mirrors the sense of powerlessness of Hong Kong

Page 118: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

112

residents in face of the impending handover. Third, I shall look into how Wong’s construction of

cinematic space reflects the social problems caused by rapid economic development. The

economic boom in Hong Kong during the 1980s produced profound changes in social and

cultural life, and the decline of traditional values due to the influences of modernization and

Westernization produces anxiety.

The 1980s were a crucial decade in the history of Hong Kong, both politically and

economically. In 1982, British Minister Margaret Thatcher visited China to discuss the future of

Hong Kong with Deng Xiaoping, who was the paramount leader of China from 1978 to 1992.

On December 19th, 1984, Britain and China signed “The Joint Declaration on the Question of

Hong Kong,” agreeing that the British government would return Hong Kong to China in 1997,

and Hong Kong would become a Special Administrative Region (SAR) of the People’s Republic

of China.

These talks and the final decision caused great anxiety and fear among many residents of

Hong Kong. Many intellectuals and artists deemed the handover as recolonization of Hong

Kong and were therefore strongly against it. However, diverse social groups had different

responses toward the handover. Based on the different attitude toward the handover, Nan M.

Sussman lists four types of identity: “loyalists” to China, Hong Kong “locals,” “wavers,” and

China’s “class enemies” (20). The loyalists and the locals chose to stay, whereas wavers and

China’s class enemies, most of whom were upper-middle or upper class, all planed to emigrate.

In the late 1980s, Hong Kong experienced a big wave of emigration involving those who

belonged to Sussman’s third and fourth categories. Ackbar Abbas describes this kind of tension

and chaos as a “last-minute collective search for a more definite identity” (Hong Kong: Culture

and the Politics of Disappearance 4).

Page 119: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

113

Identity is rooted in language to a great extent. The use of Cantonese as the primary

language for the majority of Hong Kong’s populace signifies the awakening of a local

consciousness in Hong Kong during the 1980s, which played a pivotal role in the formation of a

dominant local identity. In film industry, this prevailing local identity manifests through the

dominance of Cantonese films in Hong Kong (Pak 42). This development ended a century-long

competition between Mandarin, the language of northern China, and Cantonese, the language of

some provinces in southern China. Before the 1980s, Mandarin was more popular than

Cantonese, and Mandarin films were more popular in Hong Kong because of the Chinese

diasporas’ identification with the national identity. During the 1960s and 1970s, Hong Kong

gradually lost its connection with the mainland as a result of economic, political, and social

changes, and Cantonese replaced Mandarin as the dominant language in Hong Kong. From then

on, films in Hong Kong were produced in Cantonese, and the residents of Hong Kong stopped

looking up to the mainland for their cultural influences.

Besides the use of Cantonese, other changes in Hong Kong cinema also contributed to the

construction of local identity. The connection with China became weak as the old genre of Kung

Fu films, which were usually set in pre-modern China and were therefore closely linked to

Chinese nationalism, slowly gave way to more popular urban narratives set in modern Hong

Kong. The increasing popularity of urban films among the residents of Hong Kong is important

to the formation of local identity. Sek Kei observes that, with purely Hong Kong urban settings,

Hong Kong cinema gave a sense of belonging to Hong Kong itself. No longer was there

a grappling for identity, to belong either to the left, right, or center…Hong Kong cinema

belonged completely to Hong Kong. (“Achievement and Crisis”)

Page 120: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

114

Among those movies set in urban environments, gangster films gained increasing attention

because, Fran Mason argues, these fictional criminal worlds articulated the wider concerns of a

society caught in the conflicts between tradition and modernity, residual ideology and freedom,

pleasure and discipline (vii). The audiences not only found the familiar settings engaging but

were also fascinated by the portrait of daring and liberating characters whose struggles reflected

their own anxieties and fears amid the process of modernization and urbanization. As a subgenre

of crime films, gangster films are uniquely urban. They mirror and comment on urban life,

social changes, and important issues, such as poor living conditions, street violence, increasing

immigration, and rising social inequality. Thereby, a typical gangster film provides its audience

with “an alternative topography, an alternative community, and an alternative urban

consciousness” (Mazumdar 415) alongside the economic success of Hong Kong.

Thomas Schatz makes keen observations on the relationship between gangster genre and

its urban setting. In his illuminating book Hollywood Genres: Formulas, Filmmaking, and the

Studio System, while reviewing the classic gangster genre in Hollywood filmmaking in the 1930s

and 1940s, Schatz uses “determinate space” to describe the filmic space of gangster, Western,

and detectives films and “indeterminate space” to represent the cinematic space in screwball

comedy, melodrama, and musicals. According to Schatz, in a genre of determinate space, “a

specific social conflict is violently enacted within a familiar locale according to a prescribed

system of rules and behavioral codes” (27). In gangster films, the urban milieu is the symbolic

arena of action in which conflicts arise and are resolved when the gangster is finally killed or put

behind bars. Wong’s cinematic space in As Tears Go by is determinate in Schatz’s sense in that

the major setting Mongkok is a highly contested space. It is a symbolic arena of action in which

Page 121: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

115

fundamental values are in conflict and the conflicts and tensions are resolved in accordance with

a prescribed system of rules and behavioral codes.

In addition to the familiar urban settings in these films, Hong Kong audiences favored

lower-class characters like Wah and Fly since they existed within a similar social context. It was

easy for audiences to identity with such characters since Hong Kong consisted of “mainly

working-class immigrants from the mainland and Hong Kong’s own lower strata of society”

(Kei). In the drama of modernization and urbanization, the majority of the population was still

living in unfavorable conditions, and they came to understand and to share the dreams and

desires of the working class characters on the screen, who, prodded by rising consumerism, also

wanted to participate in material prosperity of Hong Kong.

As Tears Go by is Wong’s debut film as a film director, and critics find that many of

Wong’s distinguishing trademarks are absent in his first film. Some critics argue that this is due

to Wong’s obligation to observe genre conventions in Hong Kong cinema (Teo 15). In his

discussion of how Wong is influenced by generic filmmaking, Peter Brunette summarizes

various observations of As Tears Go by and lists two filmmaking groups: the generic camp and

the antigeneric camp. According to Brunette, the generic camp, represented by David Bordwell,

emphasizes Wong’s debts to Hollywood gangster films in the thirties and the dominant tradition

of Hong Kong genre films. The second group, the antigeneric camp, represented by Chuck

Stephens, contends that As Tears Go by is completely a self-invention and shows no signs of

following gangster genre conventions. In his own conclusion, Brunette takes the middle ground

and states that As Tears Go by is apparently involved in generic filmmaking yet Wong’s own

unique style and his counteracting against generic filmmaking that come to fruition in his later

films can already be detected in his first film (5). Stephen Teo agrees that, though Wong at the

Page 122: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

116

time was heavily influenced by gangster genre conventions in Hong Kong cinema, a careful

examination of Wong’s editing and manipulation of colors suggests Wong’s unique style

originated in his very first film.

In addition to generic filmmaking, scholars differ on their opinions of Wong’s political

implications in As Tears Go by. Abbas insists that one can find political implications indirectly

in the gangster characters’ struggles and contends that “in spite of the violent and often crude

nature of the film’s action, As Tears Go by can be seen as Wong’s first attempt to represent a

negative space” (“The Erotics of Disappointment” 53). Despite his reflection on the portrayal of

gangsters in the film, Abbas does not provide a very clear definition of space of negativity, how

exactly this negative space is played out in As Tears Go by, or how particularly the space of

negativity reflects Hong Kong’s concurrent political conditions.

Hong Kong’s economic boom, starting in the late 1970s and the early 1980s, not only

accelerated the detachment from the mainland but also facilitated identification with the West.

The economic boom made Hong Kong one of the region’s four “economic dragons,” along with

Singapore, South Korea, and Taiwan. This rapid economic and social development not only

improved the quality of life for Hong Kong residents but also boosted their confidence and

optimism in the British colonial administration. On its road to modernization, Hong Kong began

to look up to the West for inspiration.

However, as modernization and Westernization went hand in hand in colonial Hong

Kong, the threats of materialism and consumerism concerned the artistic community. For

instance, Patrick Tam, the pioneering director of Hong Kong’s New Wave, uses film to express

his concerns about materialism and the ecological consequences of industrialism. Among his

films, Seven Women (1976) stands out for its attack on the consumerism of Hong Kong through

Page 123: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

117

chronicling the tragic lives of seven modern women in the city. Tsui Hark, another director from

Hong Kong and one who received his film education in the US, raises questions about

Westernization in Once Upon a Time (1991). The film celebrates nationalism through the story

of kung fu master Wong Fei-hung, who lived during the decline of the Qing dynasty when

Western Imperial powers were threatening to colonize China. In the film, the protagonist’s

struggle with the conflicts between Chinese tradition and Western technology mirrors the

director’s concerns with Westernization in contemporary Hong Kong.

Created during such an historic time, the cinematic space in As Tears Go by presents an

identity crisis that stems from anxiety over the 1997 handover and fear that Westernization will

compromise their cultural integrity. Wong’s Mongkok is full of tensions and contradictions,

echoing with the social and political concerns about rapid economic development. Specifically,

Mongkok residents fear the loss of their traditional way of life in the process of modernization

and display anxiety over the pressing reality of the 1997 handover. The complex sense of

uncertainty, chaos, fear, confusion, and despair that are associated with such a transition

characterizes the emotional terrain of the cinematic space in this film.

Mongkok represents Wong’s cinematic space of the late 1980s, one characterized by

danger, chaos, unpredictability, and confusion. The depiction of Hong Kong as a highly

contested place provides an effective allegory of the socio-political situation in Hong Kong

during this time period. Through the struggles of Wah and Fly, Wong’s Mongkok expresses the

frustration, confusion, desperation, and powerlessness that are often expressed in Hong Kong

films from this decade. Given the turmoil Hong Kong experienced in the late 1980s, it is not

surprising that Wong’s depiction of urban space does not present iconic locations in Hong Kong

but instead focuses on Mongkok, the most troubled and evocative place, for the film setting. To

Page 124: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

118

better capture the plight of going through rapid socio-political changes, Wong focuses on

characters who exist in the margins of society. Unlike the middle-class areas of the metropolis

or the business district with skyscrapers owned by multi-national companies, Mongkok is

occupied by mostly working-class residents who dwell in tenement houses with the business of

three major industries—restaurants, entertainment, and retail stores—right at the street level.

The Chinese name 旺角 means Prosperous Corner, and it is one of the most crowded

places in the world with a population density of 130,000 per square kilometer. Mongkok is well-

known for its busiest streets, where vendors sell flowers, caged birds, watches, clothing, and

electronics.

Mongkok is also said to be the home of the Triads. In Streets: Exploring Kowloon, Jason

Wordie, Anthony J. Hedley, and John Lambon note that

For decades, Mongkok—at least in the popular imagination—was second only to

Kowloon city as Hong Kong’s hotbed of organized crime, flagrant vice, several species

of haak she wui (Triad gangs), general immorality and permanently sleazy, down-at-heel

general ambience. (100)

For global audiences, Mongkok exists as a place plagued by gangsters and street violence. For a

relatively safe area in Hong Kong, one detective is assigned to work with 28.1 uniformed

officers; however, the ratio rises to one to 2.6 in Mongkok (Gaylord 60).

In the mass media, Mongkok is presented in a negative light as a sleazy space for illicit

business and criminal activity in line with the expectations of international audiences. This

location is known for counterfeit goods, illegal gambling, underage drinking, and prostitution.

For instance, in Derek Yee Tung-Shing’s One Nite in Mongkok (2004), Mongkok is described as

a place for fake-Rolex hawkers, gangsters, and prostitutes. The story starts as two fake Rolex

Page 125: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

119

sellers get into a turf fight, and it eventually leads to a gang confrontation in which the son of a

gang leader is killed. To avenge the murdered son, the gang leader hires Lai Fu (Daniel Wu)

from a small town in the mainland to kill his rival. In the film One Nite in Mongkok, Mongkok is

a dangerous trap in which Lai Fu is stranded. The point that Mongkok represents entrapment is

also made clear in Wong Jing’s recent film To Live or Die in Mongkok (2009), as the Chinese

title for this film is “the prison of Mongkok.” The story centers on a man who gets out of jail

only to discover that his home in Mongkok has become another prison from which he cannot

escape. The poster for the film shows a man looking confused and stranded in urban space

surrounded by faceless crowds.

As the setting of Wong’s first film, Mongkok is also portrayed as a violent place and a

trap that brings about the main characters’ demise. Wong’s contested space in As Tears Go by

offers glimpses of Hong Kong’s social reality, one that is characterized by instability, turbulence,

and intensity. Wong’s Mongkok involves sudden eruptions of violence that create the

unpredictability that dominates the lives of his gangster characters. For instance, Wah always

wants to spend time alone with Ngor, but unexpected incidents always come up and make him

leave. Also, as a Triad member, Wah can never plan for tomorrow. At one point, he says to Fly:

“We never know what will happen tomorrow. Do you agree?” On their way out to eat, they are

ambushed and brutally beaten by Tony (Alex Man) and his hit men. This sense of uncertainty is

so strong that even the filmmaker is not sure about his characters, admitting that “All through the

making of As Tears Go By, I had no clue what Andy Lau’s role was after—What did he want?

Was he tired of the triad life, or was the girl just a passing stage for him? All of this, I cannot

answer” (Lalanne 105).

Page 126: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

120

The color aqua-blue, which dominates the night scenes in the film, makes the city look

unglamorous, dangerous, chaotic, and ruthless. This is an unreal blue that is lurid and spooky. It

is frequently used in horror films to create an unnerving atmosphere or a supernatural liminal

space in which humans encounter the third kind. Wong often uses aqua-blue in scenes that

feature conflicts and high tensions. First, when Fly collects money from Fat Karl in the

restaurant, it is filmed through blue-filtered lens, which creates a tense and unreal atmosphere.

According to Fly, this is the first time he is on the job alone. Surrounded by Fat Karl’s gang, Fly

is intimidated, and the expressive cold color visualizes his inner fear.

The second example of this color scheme is the restaurant scene in which Wah kills the

man who has stabbed Fly. As Wah approaches the restaurant, the fluorescent lights shine

through transparent plastic screens, and the whole place glows a cool white, a bluish white that is

reminiscent of cold water or ice. When Wah steps inside the restaurant, everything is aqua blue

as if the whole scene is shot inside an aquarium. The eerie music, the sounds of boiling water,

and the screaming kitten enhance the terror, making the whole scene feels like a segment from a

horror movie.

Tony’s mahjong den is also filmed through a blue-filtered lens. The color indicates a

cold space that sees no humans but money. Whenever Wah comes for negotiations, there are no

bright colors, and the setting looks as cold as a morgue. Through the blue filter, everything

appears washed-out, which signifies a cruel world that lacks human warmth. Further, the

characters only wear blue, white, and black. Teo also notices Wong’s employment of this aqua-

blue in his depiction of nocturnal Mongkok and comments, “The flat, washed-out fluorescent

blue of the interior shots in the mahjong parlours and downmarket eateries of Mongkok are also

Page 127: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

121

realistic of Hong Kong and reflective of the internal emptiness of the characters’ lives” (Wong

Kar-wai 25).

The color red depicts the city as a sleazy, violent, and dreadful environment. Red is the

color of blood, and bloodshed is common in the world Wong’s characters inhabit. Since

violence seems to be the answer to everything in the underworld, scenes of carnage are inevitable

in Wah’s and Fly’s lives. For them, the streets of Hong Kong represent a jungle where they

make others bleed, and more ruthless enemies make them bleed in return. When Wah first

handles his Triad business, he breaks a beer bottle over the head of a man from whom Fly tries to

collect money, and in the next shot, blood splashes all over the man’s face. The moment the man

sees his own blood, he agrees to pay back the money. Also, when Wah is about to kill his rival,

through a medium shot, we watch him marching closer to the camera and see his indignant face

loom large on the screen. In the scene, the red background generates an ominous feeling.

While red suggests erotic desires in 2046, this color serves as a sign of death in As Tears

Go by. When Wah meets his ex-girlfriend in the nightclub, she is dressed entirely in red. She

tells him the news of the death of his first baby, stating that she had an abortion because she

wanted him to feel guilty for ignoring her. Also, when Fly is murdered near the end of the film,

the red plastic curtain flapping in the background creates the illusion that his blood is engulfing

the screen.

Wong’s employment of accelerated editing, hyperkinetic cameras, and abrupt camera

movements further evokes the image of an unstable urban space. Wong’s accelerated editing is

evident during the sequence in which Fly and Ah-Site encounter the billiard parlor thug. His

editing technique mirrors anxieties over an unpredictable future and a sense of desperation in

finding a sense of place and self. As Wah and Ngor are getting ready for a night out, Fly enters a

Page 128: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

122

dark room in the billiard parlor to get Ah-Site out of trouble. Tension slowly builds up as Fly

makes a bet with the King of Snooker. Slow music accompanies a few quick shots of King of

Snooker knocking balls into the pockets. When it is Fly’s turn to play, the music completely

stops, and Fly’s performance becomes the focus. Fly torments the thug persistently by openly

violating the rules and moving balls around with Ah-Site’s middle finger. Fly’s behavior

eventually enrages the thug. Following a split-second shot of the break, the action explodes.

Fast-paced editing shows a sequence of shots in rapid succession. Before the audience figures

out what is happening exactly, Fly and Ah-Site are already storming out of the room and running

across the pool hall, and the dramatic music adds to the tension. An exterior shot of the pool

hall’s sign in the street pans quickly to one side of the building and anticipates the appearance of

the characters. Anxious waiting abruptly ends when Fly and Ah-Site break the wall down and

begin to run through the streets.

The use of a hand-held camera during the chase scene enhances the presentation of a

restless urban space. A brawl inside the house soon accelerates to a heated chase in the street,

which creates more disorder in the public space as the characters leave the building and begin to

run in the streets. The jerky camera sets the streets in violent motion as Fly and Ah-Site run

through a night market, among the pedestrians on the sidewalk, and into the main road with fast-

moving automobiles. A high-angle shot shows the oncoming cars slow down but collide

nevertheless. To avoid the moving vehicles, Fly and Ah-Site run back to the sidewalk, where the

dense urban population blocks the characters. Because of the impenetrable crowds, the thugs

corner Fly and Ah-Site and capture them. Lisa Odham and Michael Hoover’s argument about

the strategic usage of chase scenes in John Woo’s films is also applicable to As Tears Go by.

They state that

Page 129: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

123

The rootlessness of the characters . . . is emphasized by shooting many scenes in Hong

Kong streets, with groups of youths, either the handful of featured Hung Hing boys or en

masse, several hundreds together, always in motion, moving through and moving on. (82)

In Wong’s chase scene, Fly and Ah-Site are driven around by crowds and traffic like leaves

swept around by currents. Activities within urban spaces present the city as a complex and

dynamic entity.

The crowd itself constitutes part of the shifting landscape, and its unpredictability works

against Fly and Ah-Site. When Fly and Ah-Site run through the streets, people are everywhere,

forming an emotionless and impenetrable wall. Onlookers seem complicit with the rest of the

oppressive night world to foil the characters’ plan to escape. The crowd further impedes the

central characters’ advancement, traps them, and at the end devours them. As the billiard parlor

thugs brutally beat up Fly and Ah-Site, the crowd remains unruly and indifferent.

To make the situation worse, law enforcement serves as another force of disruption and

causes no less chaos than outlaws. To keep Fly out of trouble, Wah forces Fly to sell fish balls in

the street. However, what Wah considers “legal business” turns out to be illegal. Without any

money to start his business, Fly starts from scratch and becomes an unlicensed street vendor.

Every time he sells fish balls, the policemen confiscate his cart. In one sequence, following a

close-up of an old lady yelling that the “police is coming,” the whole street descends into chaos.

As all the unlicensed street vendors push their carts toward the camera, which also moves toward

them to enhance the tension, policemen run after the street hawkers, shouting “stop!” A close-up

of the policeman who approaches Fly shows the man’s face from a low angle. Through the

wide-angle lens, the officer’s face appears distorted and threatening. Manipulated by the

Page 130: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

124

camera’s point of view, the audience’s sympathy is directed to Fly, whose working- class

background offers little chance for advancement in Hong Kong society.

Wah’s impoverished residence also articulates a lack of faith for the future. His dwelling

is anything but home. Unlike the crowded and dark enclosed spaces that prevail in the 1960s

films, Wah’s residence is quite spacious and well lit with large windows in addition to a balcony.

However, it only has one bedroom and a living room. The place is rather poorly furnished,

indicating a strong sense of temporality. Wah only has a bed, a sofa, a refrigerator, a dinner

table, two chairs, and a broken television. Ngor cannot find water or a glass and has to drink

liquor to swallow her pills. A tracking shot of her in the kitchen shows piles of unwashed dishes,

and everything is misplaced. When she opens a cabinet, plates fall out and almost hit her.

Finally, she finds a glass in the sink, picks it up, and only discovers that it has no bottom.

Sunlight comes in through big windows to provide a clear view of the messy apartment, which

does not meet basic living conditions. Throughout the kitchen scene, Ngor is out of the frame,

and her presence is indicated by her shadow on the kitchen floor, whereas the room itself

becomes the focus of the shot.

While Wong’s cinematic city is centered on the political tensions between Hong Kong

and mainland China, he also emphasizes conflicts within Hong Kong society, which manifests

through the gangsters’ struggles with the materialist modern world, traditional codes and values,

and their own desires to belong. Hong Kong’s domestic conflicts arise mostly from problems

generated by a culture that places capital accumulation above other concerns. In addition to

increasing influence of consumerism, Hong Kong, as a society comprised primarily of

immigrants, plays a significant role in the formation of a materialistic culture. The desire to

make as much money as possible prevailed in Hong Kong, especially during the 1980s when its

Page 131: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

125

future was at stake prior to the handover. For a long time, the immigrant mentality and the

resulting sense of insecurity have profoundly affected the culture of Hong Kong. As subjects of

Britain, the colonized were not allowed to participate in politics; therefore, money seemed to be

the only thing worth striving for in this foreign enclave. This sense of insecurity helped foster

the entrepreneurial spirit among the immigrants and pushed them work hard in order to survive,

which contributed to the rapid industrialization of the city. However, this development also

caused problems by giving rise to a materialistic culture in which everything was centered on

economic gain. In his discussion of Hong Kong, Lau employed “utilitarian” to describe the

passivity of the populace in politics, stating that: “[T]hings and persons were important to the

Hong Kong people only when they brought about direct material benefits to them and their

families” (Lam 18).

To reflect this materialistic culture, the opening of As Tears Go by introduces the

audience directly to a commercial city that never sleeps. In a late night scene of Mongkok,

traffics never come to a stop, and the department-store sign still beckons to people at this late

hour. Pedestrians are walking in the streets, and buses are still running. A large visual

installation comprised of several television screens, a symbol of modernization, occupies two

thirds of the picture and squeezes the streets, pedestrians, and a department store into the left

corner of the shot. The screens flicker nonstop with fast-moving clouds in a blue sky.

Commercialism, consumerism and materialism enter the Triad society, which was

established on the traditional code of warriors and family relationships. Although the foundation

of Triad society is the code of yi, brotherhood and loyalty, commercial exploitation of these

traditional values is commonplace among Triad members. In City on Fire, Lisa Odham Stokes

and Michael Hoover comment on the relationship among Triad members, observing that “the

Page 132: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

126

traditional bonds of respect and royalty of the older affiliations are loosened by the pervasive

conditions of capitalism—people are valuable only as long as they can be used—so they are

easily discarded” (80). Senior members exploit younger ones by assigning them dangerous

tasks, such as assassinations. Assignments might appear to test one’s loyalty and bravery, yet

they are exploitive in nature. This exploitation of male bonding and brotherhood is best

illustrated when the godfather tries to talk a young man into committing a murder. A medium

shot shows the godfather’s face covered in the darkness. The terrified young man sits across

from him, covering his head with both hands and sitting with his back to the camera. The

godfather states that “Firing a gun in a police station doesn’t necessarily mean death penalty.

Might be locked up in jail for a few years. But when you come out you will be a big shot!”

When the young man is too afraid to commit the crime, the old man strikes the young man’s

head and says, “Chicken-hearted!”

The corrupting force of materialist culture is best demonstrated in Wong’s portrait of

Tony, Wah’s opponent, whose obsession with money indicates the decadence of the modern

Triad world as well as the lower class’ desire for financial success. Tony has no morals at all,

and the space that he occupies is always linked to money. In contrast to Wah, who upholds

traditional values such as filial piety, loyalty, fidelity, and righteousness, Tony is all about

money. His flamboyant appearance brings home this point as he always wears a big gold ring, a

sparkling gold watch, a gold bracelet, and a long gold necklace. His hair is always spiked and

shiny, and he drives a BMW. In one scene, Tony laughs at Wah and asks, “How can you be a

Big Brother if you don’t have any money at hand?” For Tony, being a big brother means taking

care of his followers financially. When taunting Fly about his new job as a street hawker, Tony

says, “You should leave your Big Brother. Look at my followers, all dressed up! Using wireless

Page 133: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

127

telephones.” Tony is almost always seen in the mahjong joint where everyone is determined to

make big money.

Wong’s criticism of Hong Kong’s relentless commercialism continues in the scene of

Ah-Site’s wedding banquet on the roof. A roof is not the typical setting for a Chinese wedding

banquet, especially in a subtropical place like Hong Kong. In the daytime, roofs soak up the heat

from the sun and emanate it at night. A long shot shows four big tables on the roof surrounded

by the darkness. Although the chains of bulbs light up the whole place and link it with the rest of

the city, the guests at the banquet only see what is lacking and cannot stop complaining about it.

Instead of celebrating Ah-Site’s marriage, they are more concerned with getting their money’s

worth. In a medium shot, one senior couple quarrels about the money they give to Ah-Site as a

present. The old man says, “I’ve told you two hundred dollars were too much. You wouldn’t

listen to me!” Fanning herself with folded newspaper, the wife responds, “How do I know they

are so stingy and have the banquet here on the roof?” The father-in-law is especially upset and

refuses to eat. When asked to take a photo with his own daughter, he says, “Take a photograph

for what? This is a shame! . . . If you don’t have money, do not have a banquet then. Holding a

banquet on the roof is ridiculous!” In a materialistic culture, being poor is humiliating, and

dignity is a commodity that only money can buy.

In As Tears Go by, drama also stems from the differences between the novices like Fly

and the more established residents, such as Tony, who have just obtained their middle-class

lifestyles in the most recent economic expansion. Wah and Fly originally come from the

country, and they are members of low-level Triad society. In the city, they are prejudiced

against for their provincial origins, and they are therefore viewed as outsiders. Tony has to

repeatedly remind them of their identities as outsiders. In one sequence, after he and his men

Page 134: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

128

beat the two to a pulp, Tony says, “Go back to the country and farm with your big brother.

Urban road is not suitable for you!” Where Wah and Fly originally come from defines who they

are in the city, and their old identities follow them wherever they go despite their desire to

assimilate into the mainstream.

The protagonists’ peripheral status is reaffirmed by the depiction of the menacing urban

space. Trapped in the degraded industrial environment, Fly and Wah have no control over their

environment, and they are constantly outnumbered and outsmarted by their opponents, who keep

driving them off the streets. As the story develops, the urban space becomes increasingly hostile

to these characters, which culminates when Tony has them ambushed and brutally beaten. Tony

has his hit men break Wah’s and Fly’s legs, literally immobilizing the two characters, and

banishes them from the urban territory.

In contrast to the hostile urban environment, which is more of a nightmare for the main

characters, the countryside for Wah is a familiar, pleasant, and healing place that registers a

strong sense of home. The alternative geography of the Lantau Island plays an important role by

highlighting the unfavorable living conditions of the city. The urban environment, often seen in

the night scenes, is dominated by a murky atmosphere, whereas Lantau Island, where Ngor lives,

is a source of peace, sunshine, and cheerfulness. It is represented visually with bright colors,

bright sunlight, slow camera movements, and long shots of nature. As Wah reads the letter that

Ngor leaves him, the scene cuts to Lantau Island. A long shot of the highway to Lantau Island

echoes similar shots of a train running across the screen in Days of Being Wild in an equally

dreamy atmosphere. The difference is that the train in Days of Being Wild runs to an unknown

destination and indicates a strong sense of uncertainty, whereas the sight of the highway on

Lantau Island is pleasant. With a green mountain as the background, two orange buses go their

Page 135: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

129

separate ways. The next shot shows a green forest waving in wind. In the restaurant where Ngor

works, an old man is mopping the floor. Inside the house, there are tables covered by dotted red

cloths and Ngor, for the first time in the film, is dressed in a white top and light purple skirt with

her hair tied up.

While Wong criticizes commercialism and materialism, he does not provide a solution

for the social problems that he shows through the struggles of Wah and Fly. Abbas points out

that this moral ambiguity is reflected in Wong’s spatial arrangement in the film. Abbas posits:

“In Wong’s gangster film then, the moral ambiguity of classic film noir is reconstructed as a

spatial and epistemological ambiguity” (“The Erotics of Disappointment” 53). For Abbas,

Wong’s use of unnatural color scheme, the juxtaposition of country and city, and even Ngor’s

medical gauze mask all work to achieve this sense of ambiguity in As Tears Go by.

The ambiguity, in my opinion, is best demonstrated in the closure of the film. At the end

of the film, Wah and Fly die in despair, unable to fulfill their dreams of living the good life, and

they have no chance for redemption. Unlike other gangster films, Wong’s story does not

provide a myth of survival. Wong leaves the audience with an apocalyptic attitude toward an

uncertain future, visualized in the last few minutes of the unsettling death scene. Regarding this

typical sense of despair and horror, Teo observes, “A Hong Kong gangster movie can makes

viewers feel that civilization is indeed at risk and that Hong Kong is the last place on earth they

want to be” (Hong Kong Cinema 233).

The final scene of Fly’s and Wah’s violent deaths is disturbing. To emphasize their

desperation and to dramatize their tragic moment, Wong filmed the scene in slow motion with a

tracking camera, which gives a realistic portrait of the characters’ last moments. Right after a

long shot of the group walking toward a police van in which armed cops are waiting, a close-up

Page 136: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

130

shows Fly’s sweaty face. He walks out of the shadows into the broad daylight and starts

shooting at his victims. From Fly’s point of view, the camera is relatively steady to show that he

is calm and determined to succeed. The camera pans to the informant and the policemen. The

policemen around him fall to the ground one by one, but the informant stays alive. Fly soon runs

out of bullets and is shot on the spot. Wah walks in and kills the informant, but a policeman

behind him guns him down. Compared with Fly’s quick death, Wah’s severe injury is an

unnerving scene to watch as his body twitches on the ground and his eyes stare blankly into the

sky.

Wah’s painful death creates a sense of despair, which works seamlessly with the social

and political issues Wong tackles in the film. Whether the ending is cautionary or simply

follows a formulaic genre exercise does not seem to matter. What is important here is that the

ending conveys a strong sense of helplessness and powerless-ness, which the local audience can

probably best identify with. Wah, seemingly the only honest person in the film, dies at the end.

Wong’s closure neither rewards the good nor punishes the evil. It is not difficult for the local

audience who lived through this phase of Hong Kong’s history to recognize from Wah’s and

Fly’s failures that life was complex and ruled by uncertainty since most Hong Kongers had to

cope with the same insecurity and unpredictability everyday.

To reiterate, the cinematic city in As Tears Go by is dangerous and chaotic, a space

characterized by instability and uncertainty. For powerless outsiders like Fly, the urban space is

an arena, dictated by capital and other arbitrary forces. In spite of their efforts to assimilate,

Wah’s and Fly’s negotiation of city space is a failure when they are first exploited by the Triad

society and later brought down by law enforcement. Their experience of the place brings out the

tension between country and city, fear and courage, love and hatred, power and incompetence,

Page 137: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

131

which further defines Hong Kong as a place of contradictions. In the next chapter “the Global

City—Chungking Express,” I shall investigate Wong’s cinematic construction of Hong Kong as

a global city and examine the impact of globalization on the formation of local identity. My

analysis will mainly focus on the spaces of placeless and non-place, the changes in racial

hierarchy and new gender order in Wong’s Chungking Express.

Page 138: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

132

CHAPTER 6

THE GLOBAL CITY—CHUNGKING EXPRESS

Released ten years after the Joint Declaration was signed by the Prime Ministers of China

and Britain, Chungking Express (1994) shows that Hong Kong’s search for local identity

coincides with the experience of global urbanity. Shaped by both the integration of the colonial

state and the process of globalization, Chungking Express is defined by the fear of losing a

familiar environment and the impetus to preserve an image of the city before it vanishes. This

chapter examines the effects of globalization on the lives of local people, most notably in terms

of their relationships with spatial transformation in addition to the altered racial and gendered

structure of the cityscape in Chungking Express.

Many critics have attempted to interpret Chungking Express. Some scholars point out the

filmmaker’s obsession with time and indicate that the film serves as a political allegory for the

1997 handover of Hong Kong. For instance, Gina Marchetti compares Hong Kong’s lack of

self-determination with the passive role of Cop #663 and argues that Hong Kong was abandoned

by the British government: “there is also a sense that Hong Kong has been abandoned and,

worse, that, like the jilted lover, it has no power or say in this decision” (291). However, David

Bordwell objects this political reading of the film and suggests taking it as a simple love story

(280). Nicholas Wong also examines the film as a narrative of romance; however, he analyzes

the love story in terms of postmodern concepts of love and investigates the themes of alienation

in Chungking Express.

Page 139: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

133

While some critics focus on Wong’s depiction of love in Chungking Express, others

emphasize his representations of space and time. Stephen Teo argues that the relationship

between time and space in Chungking Express resembles a tango in which “abstract movement

(time) dances a compact with space” (Wong Kar-wai 53). He contends that Wong’s lived space

in the film is inscribed with time, consciousness, and memory. Tsung-Yi Huang takes a different

approach, adopting Baudelaire’s view of walking as a symbol of freedom and arguing that the

main characters’ walking journeys in the global city reflects how they project their desires on to

the landscape.

My analysis of Chungking Express will also concentrate on Wong’s depiction of Hong

Kong as a global city, but this examination will differ from Huang’s by focusing mainly on the

placeless and the non-place in addition to investigating how the process of globalization changes

perceptions of racial hierarchy and gender relationships. The comprehension of these major

issues is crucial to the broader discussion of space and identity in Chungking Express because

these transformations have shaped Hong Kong’s local identity under globalization.

Fear of change dominated the psychic landscape of Hong Kong locals prior to 1997.

Since they were used to British colonial order and regularity, the majority of Hong Kong’s

population feared that the handover would jeopardize their economic prosperity. While people

in the lower class economic foresaw the potential disruption of their livelihoods, those from the

middle class feared losing the status quo, their current lifestyles, and their property. Intellectuals

and artists were concerned about losing local identity and culture. In Hong Kong: Culture and

the Politics of Disappearance, Ackbar Abbas posits that the 1997 handover and acceleration of

globalization produced a culture of disappearance, the awakening of local consciousness, and a

growing concern about local identity in Hong Kong. Rey Chow endorses this observation of

Page 140: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

134

fear, and she notes that these fears are manifested in the collective wish for everything to remain

the same (“King Kong in Hong Kong Watching the ‘Handover’ from the U.S.A.” 103).

As a result of globalization, the local culture has disappeared, and the local environment

has been decimated. Wong’s Chungking Express, therefore, is an effort to preserve a local

identity amid globalization. Wong says, “things change very fast in Hong Kong. The locations

for my first two films have disappeared already… I’m trying to preserve [the lifestyle of Hong

Kong in certain periods] on film” (Brunette 118). In this preservationist spirit, Wong inventories

the once-familiar urban space and investigates the changing relationship of the vanishing city

with its inhabitants.

This chapter focuses on a sense of loss that also characterizes the transition of Hong

Kong from British to Chinese control. In explaining this sense of loss and how it affects local

life, I shall use two terms—“placelessness” and “non-place”—to offer a new approach to the

interaction between the global and the local and to highlight the impact of globalization on the

sense of place and the formation of local identity. This chapter will show how the interactions

between the global and the local in the film unsettle the fixity of place and identity in Hong

Kong, a development that has significant implications for local identity.

Placelessness and non-place do not suggest a lack of identity or a preoccupation with a

global identity in Chungking Express. The former refers to a space that lacks a relationship with

local inhabitants, such as skyscrapers owned by transnational corporations. Although the

placeless plays an important role in global conditions, the total absence of it in Chungking

Express reveals Wong’s resistance to the grand narrative of Hong Kong’s success story, which

has been promoted by the British colonial administration in the wake of globalization. The term

non-place was proposed by Marc Augé, who defines it as a transitory space for consumption and

Page 141: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

135

communication. In Chungking Express, these places are the Mid-night Express, the Chungking

Mansion, and McDonald’s. Placeless and non-place are different. The former is defined by the

absence of meaning, history, and identity. One prime example is Disneyworld, a place that does

not foster an attachment to the place. Non-places are often freeways, bars, bridges, and parking

lots, which are devoid of emotional or cultural context and hence are characterized by solitude

and transition.

Although Wong’s main settings can be described as non-places, he subversively turns

such spaces, which are supposedly barren of meaningful human interactions, into locations in

which his characters create communities and establish intimate relationships. Therefore, Wong’s

construction of Hong Kong as a global city is not a passive representation of the city but a

strategic move to counteract the rapid disappearance of Hong Kong and the frenetic pace of

globalization. Put differently, Chungking Express demonstrates Wong’s efforts to counteract

trends toward non-place and placelessness, thwart the onslaught of globalization, and pay

nostalgic tribute to Hong Kong, by transforming the non-places such as fast food restaurants and

hotels into spaces that allow friendship and blossoming love, while repressing or shunning

placelessness altogether.

In the 1980s and 1990s, Hong Kong was under the influence of postcolonialism,

postmodernism, and globalization, all of which are critical to the formation of local identity. The

postcoloniality of Hong Kong is very complicated. Postcolonial literally means after colonialism

and thereby refers to political independence after the departure of the colonial power. Under this

definition, the postcolonial period for Hong Kong started from midnight of 1 July 1997 when the

British government formally retreated from its former territory.

Page 142: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

136

However, critics also argue that this idea of post-colonialism is simplistic in that it

indicates a clear-cut closure of colonial domination, which is problematic since the colonized

continue to be affected by neo-colonialism. In The Empire Writes Back, Bill Ashcroft, Gareth

Griffiths, and Helen Tiffin define “post-colonial” as a term that covers “all the cultures affected

by the imperial process from the moment of colonization to the present” (2). Following this

definition, some critics contend that postcolonial Hong Kong began in 1984, the year when the

Sino-British agreement was signed, and this agreement provoked anxiety and fear in addition to

a sense of uncertainty. The declaration also engendered different cultural responses in Hong

Kong. Therefore, although the formal takeover took place thirteen years later, the decision that

led to the handover already affected the residents of Hong Kong economically, politically,

psychologically, and culturally. According to Dimitris Eleftheriotis and Gary Needham, “The

term post-colonial in relation to Hong Kong cinema appears to have been employed rather

unproblematically to cover all post-1980s Hong Kong cinema, right after the earliest stages of

the British-Chinese negotiations” (63). The films of the postcolonial period articulate cultural

responses to political events and employ allegories of the transition, which demonstrate

postcolonial awareness.

The influence of postmodern culture intensified the complexity of Hong Kong’s

postcolonial condition. Both Stephen Teo and Natalia Chan Sui Hung acknowledge postmodern

culture in Hong Kong. Teo argues that Hong Kong lost its sense of future because it lacked self-

determination in the negotiations during 1984. This lack of agency combined with rapid

economic development produced the pastiche, which gave rise to the postmodern spirit of the

city (Turner 174). Hong Kong cinema as a cultural product was also influenced by

postmodernism. Hung made the same observation by arguing that the new trend of filmmaking

Page 143: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

137

in Hong Kong cinema, starting with Stanley Kwan’s Rouge in 1987, fits into Fredric Jameson’s

description of nostalgia cinema in postmodern culture as depthless, imitative, and schizophrenic.

Further, Hong Kong was integrated into the global network, and overwhelming socio-

economic changes occurred as a result of rapid globalization. While shifting from manufacturing

to a service-oriented economy, Hong Kong became a financial center characterized by rapid

economic growth, which accelerated its integration into international markets. Ronald Skeldon

notes that since the economic reforms under Deng Xiaoping in 1979, Hong Kong has provided a

linkage between the Pearl River delta in the Mainland and the international market, a

development that made Hong Kong into a global city (216). While Hong Kong’s cooperation

with the world is strengthened, its role in the world economy becomes increasingly crucial.

Hong Kong is “the international Home Page of a city,” “Asia’s world city” (Susan Ingram), and

a central location in a vast network of transnational capital, all of which point to the critical role

that Hong Kong plays in the “global village.”

Wong’s global Hong Kong

In Chungking Express, Hong Kong’s status as a global city is made evident through the

representation of the Chungking Mansion, which accommodates tourists, immigrants, and guest

workers from all over the world. Surrounding the Chungking Mansion are the Asian female

smuggler, her Indian associates, the Caucasian boss, and Cop #223, who speaks Japanese,

English, Cantonese, and Mandarin. Reflecting on this multicultural environment, Wong

mentions that the Chungking Mansion mirrors Hong Kong because it is “a mix of different

cultures... That mass-populated and hyperactive place is a great metaphor for the town herself”

(Lafrance).

Page 144: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

138

As a multicultural and a pluralistic society, Hong Kong quickly adapted to foreign

cultures. One example of this adaptation is the process that many people refer to as

“McDonaldization.” This American fast-food chain has spread all over the world, and the

company’s influence has reached almost every corner of the world. McDonald’s became an

integral part of local culture in Hong Kong and in the collective memories of its residents. In

Chungking Express, the female smuggler takes the kidnapped Indian girl to McDonald’s for an

ice cream, which shows how the locals embrace American fast food. The entire scene has a

homey feel to it as the girl casually enjoys her sundae sitting next to her kidnapper as if she is

going out with her aunt. Also, in Chungking Express’s twin film Fallen Angels, the killer and his

ex-girlfriend run into each other at McDonald’s. Wong is not alone in his inclusion of

McDonald’s in his memories of Hong Kong. Similarly, in Autumn Moon (1996) by Clara Law, a

McDonald’s becomes an important landmark. In one scene, the heroine, Pui Wei, takes her

friend, Tokio, to a McDonald’s when he asks to visit a traditional restaurant. To Tokio,

McDonald’s is a symbol of American imperialism, but Pui Wei, a native Hong Konger,

associates the restaurant with her favorite memories of growing up in Hong Kong, which

illustrates that McDonald’s has become part of Hong Kong’s culture.

Threat of homogenizing force of globalization

While globalization has resulted in modern technology, ease of movement, and

economic success for Hong Kong, this process has also been responsible for homogenizing local

culture. The uniformity imposed on Hong Kong by globalization accounts for the rapid

disappearance of old Hong Kong. Robert Holton points out that the global economy will

eventually erase cultural diversity and replace it with a “convergence toward a common set of

Page 145: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

139

cultural traits and practices” (142). Holton fears that regional differences will disappear, and the

world will have only one uniform culture. Many residents of Hong Kong have resisted the

homogenizing power of globalization in order to maintain local culture, which makes the task of

continuously seeking local identity more complex and challenging.

Along with these socio-economic alterations, Hong Kong’s physical appearance has also

changed due to constant construction and demolition. The destruction of older buildings and the

process of the commodification have given rise to the emergence of placelessness, which

indicates the absence of attachment with the local physical setting. Yingjin Zhang remarks:

[T]he world of places is increasingly superseded by spaces characterized by circulation,

velocity, and flow, and this tendency is visually reflected…in the widespread demolition

of old neighborhoods…and…in the proliferation of serialized, ahisorical, and acultural

architectural projects like international hotels, airports, and supermarkets in world cities.

(Cinema, Space, and Polylocality in a Globalizing China 5)

Old structures were knocked down in favor of new high rises for residential and commercial use,

and this process has forced the sense of place to succumb to market power. As a result, many

local landmarks that have strong sentimental value in the collective memories of residents have

disappeared.

Hong Kong suddenly became a worthy subject in the face of the danger of losing its

history and memories, and many filmmakers attempted to preserve the present in the search of

local identity by filming the city’s urban landscape. Chungking Express originates within this

socio-historical milieu and follows the trend to preserve Hong Kong. Hong Kong is so important

to Wong that the city becomes the focus instead of the human characters. Wong states: “The

main characters of Chungking Express are not Fay Wang or Takashi Kaneshiro, but the city

Page 146: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

140

itself, the night and day of Hong Kong” (Ong). The desire to capture and to preserve the fleeting

image of colonial Hong Kong drove Wong to depict the city before it disappeared for good.

Accordingly, Chungking Express is an aesthetic response to this disappearing cityscape

and an attempt to preserve a visual record of it. For instance, the Kai Tak airport, once one of

the busiest airports in the world, was about to be closed due to an inability to deal with

increasing traffic when Wong was making the film. A few shots of the interior of the airport

show the female smuggler taking her Indian associates to the entrance, while airplanes are visible

outside Cop #663’s apartment windows in other shots. For a long time, Kai Tak was Hong

Kong’s major linkage to the world, which made the structure an integral part of the local

memories of old Hong Kong.

The Placeless

Placelessness is a transformation that results from globalization. As both an attitude and

a new spatial form, an awareness of placelessness is necessary in order to understand the

profound influence of global compression on Hong Kong during the 1970s. Canadian

geographer Edward Relph defines placelessness as “the casual eradication of distinctive places

and the making of standardized landscapes that results from an insensitivity to the significance of

place.” By contrast, placeness is an authentic attitude toward place and the unselfconscious state

of belonging to a locality. As placeness connotes community, rootedness, and belonging,

placelessness indicates the loss of these elements. Although Relph’s observations predate

globalization, his ideas shed light on our relation to place in the context of globalization.

The placeless is a key spatial form in global Hong Kong. In his analysis of Hong Kong,

Abbas summaries three types of built spaces that exist simultaneously in the city: the merely

Page 147: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

141

local, the placeless, and the anonymous (Hong Kong: Culture and the Politics of disappearance

161). The merely local refers to buildings from the past, the placeless are the multinational

buildings, and the anonymous encompasses the buildings left out of the previous two categories.

Abbas further elaborates on Relph’s notion of placeless by observing that “all those impressive

multinational hotels and office buildings with no local memories” could “be found almost

anywhere in the world, and they seem to have just landed on their sites out of nowhere” (161).

For Abbas, these impressive high-rise buildings are built out of context and do not establish any

ties to the locality. Therefore, such structures cannot produce human attachment.

Wong’s Fallen Angels features a few shots of towering high-rise buildings against the

night sky which fit into Abbas’s category of the “placeless.” Since Chungking Express and

Fallen Angels, according to Wong, represent the bright and dark sides of Hong Kong, elements

of the latter film help to illustrate Wong’s representation of global Hong Kong in Chungking

Express. In Fallen Angels, at the end of the characters’ motorbike ride through a tunnel, the

camera moves up to show the view above the tunnel. A low-angle shot with low-key lighting

shows a bleak urban setting with a group of anonymous skyscrapers rising up against the dark

sky at dawn. The immense buildings tower over the tunnel, staring down indifferently at the

world below. These placeless buildings are opaque, and they have a uniform appearance with

glass and metal surfaces reflecting cold blue lights. Separated from the rest of the world, they

appear distant and totally out of context.

This bleak picture of the placeless in Wong’s global Hong Kong is subversive because it

resists the grand narrative of globalization. While attempting to preserve an image of the

changing city, Wong prioritizes areas more familiar to residents over those spaces promoted by

official accounts. In the grand narrative, Hong Kong is often depicted as a dynamic global city

Page 148: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

142

characterized by economic success that manifests through monumental spaces. Saskia Sassen

observes that “For international businesspeople: it is a city whose space consists of airports, top-

level business districts, top of the line hotels and restaurants, a sort of urban glamour zone”

(“Whose City is It?”). From this perspective, the global city is a site of opportunity that connotes

profits, prosperity, and development.

However, while the official accounts celebrate the placeless as the symbol of the

integration of the local economy into the global one and forget about working class residents,

Wong refuses to take a godlike position to look at Hong Kong. In Fallen Angels, Wong is

reluctant to show the placeless, whereas the placeless is largely absent in Chungking Express.

Chungking Express excludes the “urban glamorous zone” and focuses primarily on spaces

associated with the lower-middle class. For Wong, the lifestyle of the lower-middle class

represents the way of Hong Kong as he states that “Chungking Express, to me, is like a postcard

of Hong Kong” (Pomeranz). Instead of celebrating the macro-narrative of economic progress

and prosperity through the image of Hong Kong as a global city, Wong is more interested in

presenting a melancholy narrative of struggle and loss. His decision to take this perspective

coincides with Michel de Certeau’s idea of walking through the city, which serves as a metaphor

for taking different approaches toward mapping the city and suggests following “another path”

as a tactic against the repressive urban administration (96). Chungking Express provides an

alternative path by presenting a heterogeneous space and creating its own version of Hong Kong

history.

The placeless also highlights economic inequality and the polarization of Hong Kong.

Relatively few people have full access to the spaces of the placeless. In her examination of the

global city, Sassen divides those within urban spaces into two groups: corporate power and the

Page 149: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

143

“others,” such as Third World immigrants, women, and African Americans. She argues that the

same space means different things for different users. Individuals within the corporate power

structure view the global city in terms of profits, whereas the marginalized view the global city

as a site for struggle (Sloan 279). This is true in the case of Hong Kong. According to Tsung-Yi

Michelle Huang, Hong Kong is “the polarized global city with a minority of high-paid white

collars opposing the majority of ordinary walkers” (55). The main characters in Chungking

Express belong to “the majority of ordinary walkers,” who are never seen within and lack any

association with the placeless. To these people, the placeless is a site of struggle and exploitation

in the late capitalist society. Huang explains that the

high-rise skyscrapers with corporate names in Central in a sense are built not with glass

and metal but with the space taken from the anonymous high-rise buildings whose

majority inhabitants have no easy access to the global monumental space or the

information flow. The conflicting functions of these two type of high-rise buildings

signify the segregated social space, a reality that might de-mystify the narrative of the

global city as a space open to all of its users” (28-29).

Huang argues that Hong Kong is not an open city but rather an environment predicated on

exploitation and unequal opportunities. The placeless, lacking any association with the local,

remains closed to the majority of those who live in Hong Kong.

Non-place in Chungking Express

The non-place is also an important spatial form that expresses global compression. The

difference between placeless and non-places lies in that the former describes spaces such as

multinational buildings in the third world that lack strong identities felt by local residents,

Page 150: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

144

whereas the latter refers to public spaces of consumption that prevail in our daily lives. In Non

Places—Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity, Augé asserts that the “non-place”

is produced by accelerated flows of capital and people in addition to the compression of time and

space in capitalist society. Unlike anthropological places, which are characterized by a slow

pace and a greater sense of community intimacy, non-places are spaces of circulation,

consumption and communication, such as supermarkets, railway stations, airports, bars, and

hotel chains (Non-Places 110). These spaces are distinguished by their lack of historical

associations or identities. Augé asserts that “a space which cannot be defined as relational, or

historical, or concerned with identity will be a non-place” (78). The conventional experience of

a place is often tied to a shared history and culture, but non-places are devoid of these

associations. David E. Staples explains that in these non-places, “many of [the anthropological]

identifiers lose significance or actively disappear…the palpably marked places that previously

contained people’s identities now contain only movement, flows, and endless circulation of

bodies” (57). Those within non-places are caught in limbo, and the sites of such non-places are

characterized by transience. Within these spaces, people are temporarily relieved from their

usual identities, and their roles are reduced to those of consumers or passengers. Further, the

non-place is marked by solitude. The transitory occupant might rub shoulders with millions of

other people, yet he is still alone.

Non-places constitute the major settings of Chungking Express: the Chungking Mansion,

the Midnight Express, and the Mid-levels escalator. Revolving around these places, the film is

divided into two parts that involve two lovelorn male characters: Cop #223 and Cop #633. The

first half of the film takes place in the Chungking Mansion and the surrounding area, centering

on a chance encounter between Cop #223 and the female drug smuggler, and the second focuses

Page 151: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

145

on the romance between Cop # 633 and Faye, which starts in the Midnight Express. These

locations manifest in the film’s title as “Chungking” refers to the Chungking Mansion and

“Express” the Midnight Express.

The Chungking Mansion and the Midnight Express are both non-places: they connect

different places and enable mobility. Ginette Verstraete and Tim Cresswell observe that non-

places are essentially “unrooted places marked by mobility and travel. Non-place is essentially

the space of travelers” (17). The Chungking Mansion houses tourists from various places who

come there for a brief stay and quickly move on to their next destination. It is devoid of any

distinct identity or history. Similar to the Chungking Mansion, the Midnight Express also

connects places and provides a space for consumption and communication. This location, a

popular fast-food stand in Lan Kwai Fong, is the setting of the second story in which both Cop

#223 and Cop # 633 take their breaks. It is a place where strangers congregate for food and then

disperse in all directions. Cop 223 works in Tsimshatsui but lives in the Central area. When he

is off duty, he spends his time calling former girlfriends on the public phone in front of the snack

stand. The owner of the take-out store befriends the officers and gives them advice about their

love lives. After these brief exchanges, the officers both move on with their lives separately.

Additionally, the Mid-levels Escalator right outside 663’s apartment windows presents an

extreme example of non-place due to its capacity to accommodate large crowds. Everyday, the

escalator takes approximately 35,000 commuters, including tourists and locals, up and down the

slopes. The ride covers 135 vertical meters in 20 minutes. The escalator is a public space where

people can come and go freely. It is the longest outdoor covered escalator in the world,

extending 800 meters from the Central Market area up to the Mid-Levels in order to ease the

traffic in the commercial and residential areas. The moving escalator is often visible during

Page 152: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

146

interior shots of the policeman’s apartment, which seems to make the escalator part of the

apartment.

In line with these concepts of placeless and non-places, Wong’s characters lack roots or

attachments: their lives are characterized by mobility, which is the most valued commodity in the

era of globalization. Every character in Chungking Express is constantly on the move. The

female smuggler and Cop #223 are almost always seen running around the vicinity of the

Chungking Mansion. The smuggler runs between the Indians and her boss, while Cop #223 runs

to catch criminals. Cop #663 is also seen patrolling the streets. His ex-girlfriend is a flight

attendant who is always on the move due to the requirement of her profession. Before Faye

becomes a flight attendant, she dreams of traveling to California.

The best illustration of mobility manifests through the experiences of Christopher Doyle,

a cinematographer who owns Cop #663’s apartment and embodies global deterritorialization.

Doyle’s experiences reflect the rootless lives within the “global village” of this epoch. He was

born in Sydney, Australia, and he speaks English, Mandarin, and French. He has traveled to

various places, such as Taiwan, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Thailand, and he has worked as a

doctor of Chinese medicine, a shepherd, an oil driller, and a photographer until he started to

work as a cinematographer in Hong Kong during the late 1970s. He is, at heart, the global

nomad.

Nevertheless, although Wong focuses on the non-places in Hong Kong, he does not

necessarily take on the same pessimistic view on globalization and urbanization as Augé, who

argues that contractual relations dictate non-places and lead to solitude. Since globalization

produces more non-places, and we spend more of our time in non-places, Augé argues that the

solitude, which stems from non-places, will soon become a subject of its own. As he concludes

Page 153: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

147

in Non-places, “there will soon be a need—perhaps there is already a need—for something that

may seem a contradiction in terms: an ethnology of solitude” (120). However, Wong’s film

suggests a more ambiguous relationship between anthropological places and non-places by

showing that people in non-places go beyond contractual relations to have cultural interactions.

For instance, in the Midnight Express, Cop #223 and the shop owner chat, and he acts like a

friend by giving the policeman advice on dating. Further, Faye, who works in the restaurant,

falls in love with Cop #663. In these examples, people transcend contractual relations and

become friends or lovers.

In Chungking Express, the sense of detachment and unrootedness is apparent through the

characters’ indifference to their surroundings. For instance, Cop #663 is so absorbed by his

internal turmoil that he does not notice when Faye sneaks into his apartment and renovates the

whole place. He is cut loose from his physical surroundings and exists in a different dimension.

Also, the female smuggler is not related to any person or any place. She lives in a small hotel

room, and before the story ends, she already plans to leave and buys an airline ticket. Nobody

knows her true identity, her origins, or where she is going.

Wong’s handheld camera and low-key lighting capture this sense of detachment,

presenting Hong Kong as a fast-paced world that prevents any confident identification. During

the chase scenes, 223’s pursuit of criminals and the Indians’ hunting for the female smuggler are

underlit, and the streets are dominated by darkness. As the eerie music swells in the background

after 223 introduces himself, the chase begins. The camera eye follows the policeman’s point of

view as he runs after the criminal, whose face is covered by a paper bag. Everyone and

everything is moving so fast that the world appears to be a blur. While following either the

smuggler or the policeman through the crowds in Tsimshatsui, the shaky camera draws attention

Page 154: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

148

to itself through generating a series of moving images at blinding speed that viewers have no

time to process.

Additionally, Wong also separates his characters from their physical surroundings

through the introduction of a new filmic technique. In some scenes, Wong had the actors move

slowly, filmed them with the background moving at a normal speed, and then had the scenes

played at a faster speed. This technique results in the actors moving at a normal speed in the

foreground against a blurred background. It visually sets the actors apart from the background

and emphasizes their detachment. For instance, in one scene when 663 is waiting for Faye in a

bar, he leans toward the jukebox and inserts a coin, while the crowd walking past him appears in

a blur. In this scene, only 663 is in clear focus, and everything else seems distant and hence

irrelevant.

Chungking Express demonstrates that it is not easy to define an identity because its

formation is not only influenced by new spatial forms and people’s relationships with them but

also by racial and gender relations. The following section will examine the categories of race

and gender depicted in the film to further explore the issue of identity.

New Racial Hierarchy

Prior to Chungking Express, Wong had not focused on non-Chinese minorities in Hong

Kong except for a few shots of the Indian servants in Days of Being Wild. Even in Days of Being

Wild, the Indian servants are never really seen or heard, and they are filmed with their backs

facing the camera. However, the presence of non-Chinese minorities cannot be overlooked

because they make up 5 percent of Hong Kong’s population. Given this fact, it is curious to see

how Wong disregards their existence and make them invisible in most of his films. However,

Page 155: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

149

Wong is not alone in this treatment of racial minorities in Hong Kong. According to Kwai-

Cheung Lo, the practice of turning a blind eye to the existence of other ethnics is an unconscious

psychological strategy of the Chinese to protect their Chinese communities (“Invisible

Neighbors” 63). After all, the presence of white Europeans, embodiments of both the colonizer

and the Western imperial power, is threatening to the Chinese. Making these ethnic others

invisible is a mechanism to deal with this reality and to generate harmony within the Chinese

community (“Invisible Neighbors” 64).

In Chungking Express, however, on the eve of the white colonizers’ departure from Hong

Kong, Wong deals explicitly with racial tensions and creates an interesting racial hierarchy. In

order to represent a multi-racial Hong Kong, Chungking Express gives minority characters

significant roles and also shows how racial tensions have turned global Hong Kong into a

contested space. As the film unfolds, Wong immediately shows the female smuggler, who is

disguised as a Western woman and adopts Western notions of racial hierarchy by exploiting the

Indian residents of the Chungking Mansion for her trafficking business. Despite also being a

colonized subject, she treats the Indians as inferiors while submissively serving a Caucasian boss

before they gang up and steal from her. For the smuggler, her Indian associates are exotic, child-

like, and irrational. In her dealing with the Indians, she adopts the mentality of the colonizer,

internalizing the idea that whites belong at the top of the racial/ethnic hierarchy and people of

color belong at the bottom, which becomes evident in her treatment of the Indians. When she

takes them to stores, the camera catches the Indians cheating and stealing, which justifies her

hitting some of them to stop them from touching items in stores as if she is disciplining a group

of children.

Page 156: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

150

The female smuggler’s ambiguous racial position is reflected through the fact that the

film provides no explanation regarding why the Indians and the white boss conspire against her

so that she has to kill every one of them. In Walking between Slums and Skyscrapers, Tsung-yi

Michelle Huang comments,

Obviously, [the female smuggler] visits the squalid corners of the global city with an out-

dated mental version generated from nineteenth-century European cities, identifying

these Indians with a stereotype of slum-dwellers, abject and thus docile enough to carry

out her criminal scheme. (35)

The smuggler’s plan backfires when the Indians suddenly disappear in the airport with her drugs.

As she hunts them down and shoots them in the market, she acts with remarkable precision in her

determination to take revenge.

The Chinese smuggler’s stereotypical perception of the Indians as exotic, untrustworthy,

and mysterious is further reinforced visually by her trip to the Chungking Mansion. The camera

presents the place as a site of mystery, poverty, and chaos. Following her into the Chungking

Mansion, the camera presents an exotic spectacle of a city within a city. Shots taken inside the

Chungking Mansion show a voyeuristic gaze through the camera eye peeking into open doors or

through the windows of private rooms. The topless dark-skinned residents of the building appear

threatening as they stare in the smuggler’s direction. The unfriendly surroundings are all dark,

calling further attention to the camera as an intruder into their territory. Additionally, the camera

quickly pans from left to right, right to left, tilts up and down in imitation of a struggle to see, but

it cannot see. As its swift movement stirs up the place, the camera also brings a mysterious and

dangerous space to the forefront. When the smuggler steps into a room, a door curtain is closed

Page 157: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

151

right after her and creates imagery of concealment, which indicates the secrecy and dishonesty

often associated with the Other in the discourse of Orientalism.

While the smuggler views the Indians as inferiors in accordance with Western notions of

racial hierarchies, her relationship with the white master is more ambiguous and complicated

than her relationships with the Indians. When she makes her first appearance, the smuggler

dresses up like Marilyn Monroe with blonde wig and a trench coat. Later in the film, it turns out

her white boss has a fetish for Asian women who wear blonde wigs, which suggests that her look

is probably the boss’s idea and that her identity seems to be imposed by the white man. Even

though she has been submissive to her white boss, she has been suspicious about his credibility.

We do not know how and when she finds out that the boss and the Indian associates have plotted

against her. The ambiguous relationship between the smuggler and her boss provides an allegory

of the relationship between the colonized and the colonizer: the former works for the latter

without completely trusting him. This distrust is often seen in Hong Kong cinema in which

corrupt white men in positions of power exploit the Asian subjects. In this light, there is a

symbolic value when she kills the white man, removes her blonde wig, and reveals her black

hair, which represents her rediscovery of her true identity. As Evans Chan notes, “the Chinese

gun moll is fighting—150 years later—an opium war of her own” (“Postmodernism and Hong

Kong cinema”).

As the end of the British colonial rule approached, Wong’s portrait of a Chinese woman

in a blonde working for a white master while exploiting people with darker skin offers an

interesting interpretation of the changes in popular attitudes toward the relationship between the

white colonizer and people of color. The female smuggler’s removal of her disguise reveals her

Page 158: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

152

true identity as a Chinese woman, which unmistakably reflects the ongoing process of

decolonization in Hong Kong.

New Gender Order

Chungking Express is also the first film in which Wong shows changing gender dynamics

in Hong Kong. In his previous films, Wong’s female characters are one-dimensional. They are

either good women, who are virtuous, docile, and caring, or bad women, who are self-centered

and destructive. However, in Chungking Express, women are assertive and independent. In the

first half of the film, the female smuggler works with men but not as a woman with a pretty face

but as partners and equals. When she discovers that her male partners have cheated her, she kills

them all and walks free. In the second half of the film, Cop #663’s ex-girlfriend and Faye are

both flight attendants. The resulting mobility has set them free from the domestic sphere and

further empowers them to take the dominant roles in their romantic relationships with men. The

ex-girlfriend is seductive and playful in her relationship with #663, whereas Faye initiates her

relationship with the man she secretly loves. Faye even inverts the conventional male

voyeuristic gaze by sneaking into #663’s apartment and rearranging his furniture.

In contrast to their female counterparts, the men in Chungking Express are vulnerable,

childish, and maternal. As the story progresses, both Cop #223 and Cop #663 are dumped by

their girlfriends. Contrary to conventional representations of policemen as unemotional and

manly, these characters wallow in self-pity as they continuously mourn the loss of their

girlfriends. In Masculinity and Hong Kong Cinema, Laikwan Pang and Day Wong describe the

lack of the traditional masculine attributes in some male characters in Hong Kong films,

observing that “Men were no longer caught in traps because they were already depraved,

Page 159: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

153

hopeless, or dead. These new films no longer mourned the vulnerability and impotence of the

male characters because they had all turned into comical figures…Women now embodied the

future of Hong Kong” (36).

In Chungking Express, the two policemen are reduced to comical figures. After Cop

#663’s girlfriend leaves him, he acts like a little girl, venting his frustration to the stuffed animals

in his apartment and asking for medical leave after he hurts himself with a safety pin. Cop #223

eats canned pineapple when dumped by his girlfriend, spends a night with the wigged women

alone in a hotel room watching Chinese opera, and uses his tie to clean her shoes.

The Optimistic Ending

As a process of deterritorialization, globalization presents a bleak future because it risks

annihilating traditional ideas of space, creating tensions between local and global forces,

widening social inequalities, and restructuring racial and gender orders (Westerfield). However,

the happy ending of Chungking Express seems to trace different implications of globalization.

Although Cop #233 loses his girlfriend, a new relationship appears to bloom when the smuggler

sends him a message to celebrate his birthday. Similarly, in the second story, although Faye

leaves for California after Cop #663 asks her out, Faye sends him an airline ticket a year later

and asks him to join her. The Midnight Express changes hands at the end of the film as the

former owner sells it to Cop #663, who seems happy to take it over. The use of the song “Things

in Life” by the Jamaican reggae singer Dennis Brown on the soundtrack also expresses Wong’s

optimistic view of the changes. The song advances the need to face changes directly and to

embrace uncertainty in life: “It is not everyday we’re gonna be the same way. There must be a

Page 160: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

154

change somehow. There are bad times and good times too. So have a little faith in what you

do…”

This optimistic attitude toward an uncertain future provides a strategy for survival by

showing, paradoxically, that global processes provoke responses that reinforce local identities.

Although globalization produces homogenizing forces that threaten to erase cultural differences,

it also fosters a sense of localization that resists the potential of uniformity. For Wong,

embracing the outside world does not necessarily mean losing what makes the place unique: on

the contrary, it may reinforce the sense of locality. After all, many residents engage in the

discourse of preserving their culture under the threat of penetration of distant forces. In the film,

Faye returns to Hong Kong after her trip to California. When Cop # 663 asks her about her

travels, she says in a careless manner, “California is nothing special.” Faye’s international

journey brings her closer to home, to what she did not value before, and, most importantly, to

Cop #663. Her experiences outside the region help her return. While Faye had been attracted to

the opportunity for world travel provided by globalization, her return to Hong Kong indicates the

resilience of locality in this era.

In its investigation of the placeless, or rather the absence of it, and non-places in addition

to changes to the hierarchies of race and gender in Hong Kong, Chungking Express creates a

critical space for exploration of global compression in the urban environment. Through the

characters’ daily experiences, the film shows that the global Hong Kong is a city of both

opportunities and limitations. While the global space promises prosperity and more profits for

some people, most individuals are kept out of the space of the placeless and find that such

progress is out of reach. As globalization transcends borders and boundaries, it also widens class

inequalities, creates new racial problems, and threatens to undermine local cultures. The next

Page 161: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

155

chapter will analyze the postmodern aspects of Hong Kong in Fallen Angels, investigate how

Wong creates an ambiguous image of Hong Kong, and examine how Wong’s imagery of Hong

Kong reflects the formation of identity. Chungking Express and Fallen Angels present the bright

and dark sides of Hong Kong, and both films are meant to preserve Hong Kong that is rapidly

disappearing. Fallen Angels employs distinctive landmarks, such as the football stadium, the

GuanTang railway station, and the three Six Nine restaurants, that locate the film unmistakably

in Hong Kong while also presenting a gloomy picture of a Hong Kong in which criminals

dominate the city space.

Page 162: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

156

CHAPTER 7

THE POSTMODERN CITY—FALLEN ANGELS

Fallen Angels (1995), the sequel to Chungking Express, is set in contemporary Hong

Kong. It has two parts: the first centers on the relationship between the killer (Leon Lai) and his

female partner (Michele Reis), while the second focuses on the mute (Takeshi Kaneshiro) and

the girl (Charlie Young) on whom he has a crush. The only connection between these two

stories is the Chungking Mansion, where both the female partner and the mute live. Huang

Zhiming is a professional hit man, and his female partner manages everything for him from

scouting the murder sites to cleaning his apartment. Although the two never meet, she falls in

love with the killer. When he decides to terminate their partnership, the female assistant sets him

up and has him killed on his last job. In the second story, the mute, He Zhiwu, is a petty criminal

who breaks into stores late at night and forces strangers into business with him. He helps Charlie

in her hunt for the rival Blondie. When he falls in love with Charlie, she leaves him to become a

flight attendant. At the end of the film, the female partner and the mute meet and ride off on a

motorcycle into an unknown future.

Fallen Angels invites varying interpretations. Dominic Pettman focuses on the liminality

in the film by examining the characters’ positions as exiles. He argues that the characters are

similar to the fallen angels of Cacciari in that they “inhabit the spaces between Hong Kong’s

shifting identity” (70). Christoph Lindner analyzes Fallen Angels in the context of Wong’s

treatment of Hong Kong as a global city. Drawing upon the notions of “the blasé metropolitan

Page 163: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

157

attitude” and postmetropolis from Georg Simmel and Edward Soja respectively, Lindner

examines the relationship between globalization and violence in Fallen Angels.

The representation of Hong Kong in Fallen Angels is the opposite of that in Chungking

Express: Hong Kong in Fallen Angels is dominated by criminals and ruled by uncertainty.

Wong says, “these two films should be seen together as a double bill. Chungking Express and

Fallen Angels together are the bright and dark of Hong Kong” (Ong). In contrast to the urban

environment in Chungking Express, which ends with hope and love, Fallen Angels presents a

dystopia, a city of dark shadows, death, and despair that threatens to overwhelm the metropolis

in Chungking Express. Generally speaking, policemen control the urban space in Chungking

Express. Although there are bursts of violence, the officers always restore order, and the top-

down vantage point of the protagonists, #223 and #663, highlights the stability of the cityscape.

Fallen Angels adopts a perspective from below, where social practice is observed at street level.

While there are also night scenes in Chungking Express, the film is suffused with daytime

lighting and relatively bright colors. However, in Fallen Angels, the city is foreboding with

enveloping darkness and oppressive skylines pressing down toward the characters.

Apart from this emphasis on the dark side of the city, Fallen Angels also provides a

glimpse of a nocturnal city that moves at a faster pace than the one in Chungking Express.

While the characters in the latter walk or run occasionally in the city, the characters in the former

are transported mechanically throughout the city, and they travel in fast-moving vehicles

between home and work. The characters frequently and rapidly travel across the urban space,

which is manifested in the recurring images of the MTR, the minibus, and the mute’s motorbike.

The characters’ travels illustrate the compression of time and space. In Fallen Angels, capital,

information, and people are traveling at a much faster speed than ever before.

Page 164: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

158

The ubiquitous presence of communication technologies, such as televisions, pagers, fax

machines, and camcorders in Fallen Angels, also indicate that the city is characterized by a rapid

flow of information, which further collapses distance. For instance, every household in the film

has televisions, and these devices play important roles in the characters’ lives. In Fallen Angels,

television is human’s best friend. The central characters spend most of their time in front of

television when they are at home. Right after the opening scene of the film, after the female

agent steps into the killer’s apartment, we hear the television at the same time when the light is

turned on. This sequence lasts a minute and a half, while Wong’s fast cutting shows the female

agent doing all kinds of chores, mopping the floor, feeding paper to the fax machine, fixing the

clock, and more, yet the killer’s television never stops flashing images. In fact, the changes in

programming express the passage of time throughout the scene.

More importantly, the lack of human contact reaches its extreme in Fallen Angels. The

characters do not interact with one another in person but instead rely on technology to

communicate. The killer does not meet his female until the end of their relationship, which is

155 weeks after the first day they worked together. When they are partners, they only exchange

information by pagers and fax machines. The mute simply does not talk. He communicates his

feelings for his father by videotaping him and playing it for him. Without the excessive voice-

overs, the entire film could have been almost a silent film. Instead of conversing with one

another, the characters talk to themselves and the audience through voice-overs in order to

convey their private thoughts.

Furthermore, the bombardment of over-stimulating signs and spectacles also defines

Wong’s nocturnal city in Fallen Angels. The killer’s bus ride across the city illustrates this point.

In this sequence, as he leaves his apartment to complete his next murder, a tracking shot shows

Page 165: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

159

him walking past heavy traffic to take a bus across the town, yet the shot inside the bus only

shows the killer. On the screen, we see the street scene from a passenger’s perspective with the

rearview mirror reflecting the image of the killer. While the bus moves forward, Wong uses fast

motion to show a fast-moving cityscape. Streams of neon lights of various colors and forms

swim toward the viewer and then fall rapidly out of view only to be succeeded by the next

image. On the right side, oncoming vehicles pass by like shooting stars. The blinding headlights

of these vehicles highlight the chaos and disorientation of the scene. The rain-soaked street

reflects the neon lights, which doubles the existing lights and produces a world of mirage. In the

rearview mirror, the killer grows tired of the scene and is ready to take a nap. The street scene is

just one example of Jean-Marc Lalanne’s claim that the film produces overwhelming images that

make Wong’s cinematic space “a land of images where cinema’s mystique, as an art of

registering, would cease to have any meaning, where images would seem self-engendered,

deploying themselves without any reference to the real” (14).

The attributes that distinguish Fallen Angels from Wong’s other films link it to

postmodernism. Fallen Angels shares some key features of postmodernism in terms of its

obsession with spectacular images and Wong’s playful treatment of the underworld. Fallen

Angels emphasizes the surface of experience through the representation of the killer, who looks

like a rock star. He has greased hair and wears a thick silver necklace, a black suit, and a white

shirt. While he fires two guns, the slow-motion, low-camera angle, and the non-diegetic music

make him look dangerous yet cool and glamorous. The use of Robison Randriaharimalala’s

song “Because I'm Cool” when the killer murders his victims self-consciously points out the

effects that the filmmaker tries to achieve. Also, the female agent’s huge cocktail ring, black

fishnet leggings, glittering black leather dress, and her floral cheongsam covered up by

Page 166: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

160

transparent vinyl offer the audience a spectacle that keeps them staring. Clearly, Wong’s goal is

to impress the audience with spectacles, images, and visual effects. On the first day of shooting

Fallen Angels, Wong picked the most unusual lens—an extra-wide camera lens—to film a small

noodle house in order to produce extraordinary visual images. He states: “I felt that a wide-angle

lens was quite ordinary. So I asked my cameraman, ‘Do we have an extra-wide-angle?’ ‘Yes,’

he said, ‘We have a 6.8. But that will make your actress look terrible.’ I said, ‘Let’s try it’”

(Brunette 116).

Wong’s playfulness is evident throughout Fallen Angels. Discussing the film, Wong says,

“Like playing with genres, it’s like a game for us, just a joke” (Brunette 118). His playfulness

also lies in his ambivalent attitude toward morality. As the title of the film suggests, every

character in the film is a “fallen angel,” who has sinned in some way. However, immorality is

inconsequential in the film. Although the killer’s death might appear to be a punishment for his

crimes, it is more of a punishment for his inability to love because his female agent plots his

murder for revenge. Other characters simply move on with their respective lives. In the

dystopian world of Fallen Angels, there is not a moral compass to guide his characters. The

mute is another example of the playfulness in the film. After his arrest when the police attempt

to take his mug shot, the mute responds to the sound of camera shutter by making faces and

posing like a model. Even when he is heartbroken, he acts it out in a pastiche of a mime. To

suggest that he is bleeding because his heart is broken, he grabs a bottle of ketchup and smears

the sauce on his white shirt.

Since the postmodern is crucial to the understanding of this film, it is necessary to define

its major characteristics. Due to the complexity of the postmodern, there is not a straightforward,

uncontroversial, and unified definition. This inability to identify a stable meaning reflects a

Page 167: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

161

central component of the postmodern, which celebrates playfulness, plurality, and relativism.

Although both postmodernity and postmodernism are meant to describe the postmodern, they

have different implications. The former refers to the historical time that follows modernity,

whereas the latter is a cultural movement or practice that can be distinguished from modernism.

In Symbolic Exchange and Death, Jean Baudrillard announces the end of modernity and the

arrival of the new epoch of postmodernity in Western contemporary society. However, Jean-

François Lyotard asserts that the postmodern is a continuation or an extension of its preceding

epoch (Lyotard 79). With this in mind, postmodernism provides more insight for an analysis of

Fallen Angels as this term denotes changing aesthetic styles or cultural transformations.

Postmodernism captures the essence of the new social phenomenon produced by the growth of

the mass media, computers, and other communication technologies.

However, theorists cannot agree on the meaning of postmodernism. For instance,

Lyotard views postmodernism as a cultural production of postindustrial society and characterizes

it as incredulity toward master narratives (xxiv). David Harvey focuses on time-space

compression as the key figure of postmodernism and posits that it is a “fundamental

rearrangement of the relationship between time and space” (1989). In Postmodernism, or The

Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism, Fredric Jameson asserts that postmodernism is a cultural

dominant among various subordinate cultures (4). Postmodernism, for Jameson, is not the only

cultural form but the dominant one in the transition period from the modern to the postmodern.

Of these interpretations, I shall accept Jameson’s definition and use some of the postmodern

symptoms he has diagnosed to discuss Fallen Angels.

Given the definition, Hong Kong certainly has witnessed some of the key postmodern

attributes, which are reflected in the works of local artists. For instance, Stephen Teo asserts that

Page 168: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

162

Hong Kongnese actor Stephen Chiau Sing-chi is an embodiment of postmodernism because he

subverts distinctions between low and high culture and turns vulgarity into his mou lei-tau

(nonsense) humor (“Postmodernism and the End of Hong Kong Cinema” 176). Alexander

Cuthbert also contends that Hong Kong is a postmodern city because it is characterized by

flexibility, deregulation, and dispersal. Mee-Kau Nyaw endorses the view that Hong Kong is

postmodern due to the popular “attitude which rejects any grand narratives…of society and

which is celebrated in the diversity of beliefs and meanings (pluralism), an attitude which rejects

any form of totalization and embraces the fragmenting or the decentering of the self” (479).

Some of the major postmodern conditions in Fallen Angels include fragmentation of the

self, schizophrenia, and waning of affect. These symptoms help delineate the characters’

identities as well as their relationships with the urban space. Further, these symptoms enable

Wong to visually map out a psychological landscape of Hong Kong through mise-en-scène,

camera angles, and characterization.

Between modernity and postmodernity, the idea of identity has gone through many

changes. In modern society, questions of identity first result from the separation between private

and public realms under the influence of social transformations, such as rising individualism and

modernization in addition to the disintegration of traditional society (Dunn 10). Identity, tied to

geography, origin, birth, cultural heritage, politics, and power, is believed to be fixed and

coherent. However, this split of private and public lives not only gives rise to the individual

search for the self but also leads to an identity crisis in advanced capitalist society. As a result of

privatization and social disintegration, individuals become gradually disconnected from their

communities. This significantly destabilizes and changes the way identity is formed.

Page 169: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

163

As modernity marches onward to postmodern, traditional notions of identity are further

questioned and reworked. The development of technology complicates human relationships and

challenges the accepted modern notions of identity. Overwhelmed by the excess of things in

consumer society, individuals are now defined by their choices of commodities and patterns of

consumption. Robert G. Dunn claims that the formation of identity no longer depends on

history, culture, geography alone; instead, he asserts that identity now is more a matter of

personal choice, and human relationships are mediated in relation to products (9). Consumption

characterizes us as we consume for sensation and pleasure. Brian Massumi also concludes that

postmodern identity is defined through the purchase of material objects (7).

These changes in subjectivity invite a new reading of both personal identity and

collective identity as alienated individuals continue to disengage themselves from public life and

politics. When individuals further withdraw from the public realm and stop engaging themselves

in collective activities, the communities on which national or regional identities so heavily

depend will eventually disappear. Globalization and the development of cyberspace also pose a

challenge to beliefs that identities are fixed and tied to geographical boundaries. Due to these

complexities, postmodernist scholars predict that the fragmentation and plurality of subjectivity

will eventually cause the dissolution of collective identity and make nation-states outdated.

Hong Kong society in 1995 shared the identity crisis articulated in postmodern discourse.

In contemporary Hong Kong, commodification has displaced community, weakened traditions,

and produced isolated individuals who are unsure of their identities. These changes have called

old concepts of local identity into question, manifested in the connection that many residents

imagine they have had with the land of Hong Kong. To investigate the attachment to Hong

Kong, Pui-tak Lee and Choi Po-king conducted a survey of residents about their sense of place.

Page 170: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

164

Their research reveals that although the majority of locals identify themselves as Hong

Kongnese, their relationship with the place is an instrumental one. In Hong Kong Reintegrating

with China, the two researchers note:

In the words of [the] researcher, Wong Sui-lun, the sense of belonging of Hong Kong

people was ‘not an expression of community solidarity and collective allegiance to a

locality.’ It was merely an attachment to something ‘mobile and intangible: a way of life

or an ethos that transcends geographical boundaries.’ Another sociologist, Lui Tai-

lok…lamented that ‘the so-called Hong Kong consciousness is nothing but the Hong Kong

style of life.’ (219)

These findings raise questions regarding the fate of collective identity in Hong Kong: will the

nation-state eventually disappear? How will these changes impact our lives in the future? What

will the declining importance of nation-states do to the sense of self? Since globalization,

technology, and computerization further blur national borders and since identity is more of a

choice than a constraint imposed by the external world, nation-states in our lives are likely to

play a less relevant role. In the future, identity, individual or collective, will probably be

constituted as a personal choice.

Individuals in Fallen Angels share this identity crisis as they are reduced to numbers,

which perfectly describe the characters’ anonymous existences. Most of the characters remain

anonymous throughout the film, while some names are casually mentioned but are soon

forgotten. The characters’ names do not adequately represent who they are in their marginalized

social space, and they feel alienated from their names. For instance, the audience never learns

the female agent’s name or anything about her except for her partnership and obsession with the

killer, who gets used to his present identity as the number that his partner assigns him. His

Page 171: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

165

present existence is distant from his former identity as Huang Zhiming, and this manifests when

he does not immediately respond to an old classmate who addresses the killer by his old name.

The killer calls his ex-girlfriend (Karen Mok) “Baby,” a term of endearment to address someone

with whom the addresser has an intimate relationship. In the second half of the story, the mute

only mentions his name when he introduces himself to the audience. However, he gives his

name along with his prison identification number as if it also defines his identity.

Fallen Angels involves not only the characters’ anonymous existences but also the failure

of their memories, which draws attention to another important symptom of the postmodern. The

loss of historical consciousness is an important theme of the film. Theorists such as Jameson,

Lyotard, and Baudrillard, agree that postmodernism is characterized by historical amnesia. To

describe this loss of historical consciousness, Jameson uses the term “schizophrenic,” which he

borrows from Jacques Lacan’s account of schizophrenia and Saussurean structuralism. The

victims of schizophrenia cannot experience temporal continuity; they are not able to retain the

historical past, and they are left instead with a perpetual present. For Jameson, the postmodern

subjects suffer from schizophrenic experience because in late capitalist society, the past reality is

forever lost, and now we live only with imitations of the past: “schizophrenic experience is an

experience of isolated, disconnected, discontinuous material signifiers which fail to link into a

coherent sequence” (Postmodernism, or, the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism 119).

In Fallen Angels, the characters are condemned to live at the perpetual present since they

are cut off from the past and have no promise for the future. The killer does not seem want to be

associated with the past. When invited to his classmate’s wedding, he throws the invitation away

after his classmate leaves the bus. His state of living at the present is best demonstrated when he

tells Baby, “I didn’t say I love you. I just need a company… only for tonight.” The female

Page 172: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

166

agent enjoys her days as much as she can and lives as if her days are numbered. As she is aware

that her passion for the killer is forbidden, she wastes no time in gaining pleasure from auto-

eroticism in the absence of her lover. Additionally, the mute refuses to grow up when his father

is around, which suggests a reluctance to engage the future. His connection with the past seems

lost along with his deceased mother. Whatever he tells us about the past comes from the father.

The killer’s clock that does not tell time signifies his marginalized status and

schizophrenic condition. In the opening of the film, the female agent has to reset the clock

before she finishes cleaning the killer’s apartment. Without a clock in proper working order, the

killer’s world will not be synchronized with the outside world and will operate under its own

temporal rules without moving on into the future. This seems odd since time has always been

important in Wong’s films. For instance, in Days of Being Wild, Yuddy is obsessed with time.

He keeps track of time when he first meets Su and when he first visits his mother in the

Philippines. The narrators in In the Mood for Love and 2046 keep talking about time. In

Chungking Express, Cop #223 counts the days until he can leave his girlfriend, and Wong’s

close-ups constantly show a ticking clock to emphasize the passage of time. However, in Fallen

Angels, time does not work in the same way for Wong’s marginalized characters, who live

according to a different timeline. They are nocturnal, and they leave their dwellings to work

when the majority of the population returns home. The female agent explains: “Normal people

go to work at nine am and come home at five pm. My schedule is opposite to everyone else.”

This alternate temporal scheme underlines the marginalized roles of the characters, who live in a

different world from the one in Chungking Express and follow different rules from those in

Chungking Express. Wong’s different treatment of time might indicate the possibility that

people from the lower spectrum of Hong Kong society might feel the least negative impact from

Page 173: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

167

the 1997 handover. The characters in Fallen Angels, deprived of social status and property, do

not seem to feel the pressure of time and the anxiety toward change since they have no stake in

the present social order. They already deal with stress and fear every day, and they are already

condemned to live at perpetual present.

Schizophrenia is especially evident in the most expressive characters: Baby and Charlie.

In contrast to the other characters, who do not express themselves in their encounters with others,

these women simply cannot stop talking. While the killer, the female agent, and the mute only

share their feelings through voice-overs, Baby and Charlie talk to clothes, an inflatable sex doll,

and imaginary listeners, vocalizing every thought that comes to their minds. Baby and Charlie

provide extreme examples of expressiveness. When they talk, they do not seem to address

anyone in particular since their gazes are not fixed upon the listeners but on random objects,

which makes them appear to be thinking out loud all the time.

Although Baby is verbally expressive, there is a lack of congruence between her

emotions and the expressions she gives to the emotions. Baby has lost the referential relation

between signified and signifier, and she cannot find the proper expression for her feelings as she

reveals her interior world through either screaming or laughing. Baby screams from the moment

when she runs off with the killer in the rain until the minute they break up. When she is happy,

she screams; when she is sad, she also screams. She often laughs and smiles for no reason. In

one sequence when she delivers a message from the female agent to the killer, she is jealous and

implies that the killer should not go to meet the agent. We do not see the killer but only Baby,

who is talking, laughing, and playing with a roll of toilet paper as if she is delivering a

monologue. She behaves so strangely that one cannot help questioning her sanity and the

credibility of her claim that she used to date the killer.

Page 174: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

168

Charlie obviously hallucinates, thinking that everyone is, or at least related to, her

opponent Blondie. Intense emotions bordering on hysteria characterize Charlie as she always

yells and threatens to turn to violent means. As the story unfolds, we learn that she does not

even know what Blondie looks like, although her phone conversation reveals that Blondie and

Charlie used to be friends and that Blondie stole Charlie’s boyfriend. She confuses the inflatable

sex doll for Blondie and destroys it. However, the hunt for Blondie continues until one day in a

restaurant everyone turns out to be Blondie and a fight breaks out. Later, when the mute’s dad

asks for her name on the phone, Charlie answers, “Blondie.” This is another example of the loss

of the relationship between the signified and the signifier, which is an essential component of

schizophrenia. The signified, the girl who steals Charlie’s boyfriend, and the signifier, the name

Blondie, lose connection. As a result, in Charlie’s eyes, everyone becomes Blondie.

Amnesia is another important symptom that prevails among Wong’s characters. In

Fallen Angels, the killer’s memory loss reminds us of Rick Deckard in Blade Runner (1988),

which David Harvey uses in his discussion of postmodernism. In Blade Runner, one’s identity

as a human or a cyborg depends on one’s memory. In Deckard’s fictional world, replicants are

almost the same as human beings, and the only thing that distinguishes one from the other is the

fact that cyborgs, unlike humans, do not have memories. Having a memory of the past can save

one from being executed as a retired cyborg.

However, in Fallen Angels, erasing memories seems to be a way of survival. Without the

emotional baggage of the past, one can take better advantage of today, so voluntary amnesia

could be beneficial. The killer doesn’t remember his old name, his ex-girlfriend, his classmate,

or the location of his work. As a matter of fact, he is so forgetful that when he leaves his ex-

girlfriend, she bites him to leave a mark on his body so that he will remember her. When the

Page 175: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

169

killer walks away, in voice-over he says, “Whether I remember her or not isn’t important. To

her, I am only a phase.” Charlie also has amnesia in that she does not remember where exactly

her rival lives. Instead of taking the mute to the right place, he and Charlie wonder from house

to house and search each floor in a hopeless search to locate Blondie. Finally, the mute

comments, “That night we went to many places. I start to wonder whether she knows where the

girl lives.” The last time the mute runs into the girl, she sees him but does not recognize him.

The mute says in voice-over, “On August 29th in 1995, I ran into my first love. But it seems that

she has already forgotten me.” If memory defines one’s identity, these two characters obviously

have fragmented identities due to their inability to experience temporal continuity.

The characters’ schizophrenic perceptions of the world and their sense of incoherence are

reinforced through Wong’s editing, which is reminiscent of the techniques employed on MTV.

Wong’s narrative is already chopped up as the narratives of the killer and the mute often intersect.

This arrangement disrupts the sense of wholeness and presents a fragmented experience of the

world. However, Wong foregrounds a further sense of discontinuity through speeding up and

slowing down the action, shifting from color to black and white and back, using a hand-held

camera, and employing numerous crosscuts. In his discussion of postmodern culture, Jameson

observes that MTV offers an example of fragmentation by presenting an amalgam of images

without generating any coherent meaning. MTV deemphasizes the development of narrative in

favor of combining music and images in order to create a desirable mood instead of meaning.

More often, images are linked together randomly to catch up with rhythm of music, producing a

strong sense of fragmentation and incoherence.

Wong cuts between two distinct lines of action even when two scenes do not occur

simultaneously. In one sequence, when the killer goes to his second job in the film, his walk

Page 176: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

170

through a hair salon is juxtaposed against the female partner scouting the same place at an earlier

time. The scene is presented in slow motion and involves crosscutting, which matches the

rhythm of the non-diegetic music. Furthermore, Wong highlights the fragmented nature of the

scene through chopping up the trip of the female agent and playing it backwards. Therefore,

when the killer walks into the salon, the female agent is about to finish her field trip; when the

killer ends his tour and starts firing at his victims, the female agent has just opened the door and

entered the room. It takes a minute for the audience to realize that the two could not possibly

have happened at the same time, and the crosscutting between the two lines of action does not

even make much sense or serve any obvious purpose.

Wong often switches from black and white to color without any warning, which also

creates discontinuity and incoherence. For instance, the film begins at present time in black and

white but next scene in flashback is in color. Similarly, when the agent plays the killer’s song,

the first shot is in color as she slips a coin to the jukebox, but when the jukebox starts to play, the

screen turns black and white. The same happens in the story of the mute. The first shot in color

shows the mute and Charlie run out of a room where a riot takes place. In following shot, we see

the two back in the room sitting as the whole scene turns black and white.

One might argue that in the dialectics of forgetting and remembering, Baby and the mute,

who are obsessed with remembering, seem to represent a counter-narrative of dissolution of

history. Baby desperately wants the killer to remember their past, and she frequently reminds

him of the time they spent together. She keeps his old T-shirt and tells him that he used to call

her “Baby.” She also tells the killer that she dyes her hair so that people will not forget her.

When he is leaving her, she bites him and says, “I want to leave a mark. Even if one day you no

longer remember me, you will remember that I bit you. Actually, you can easily remember my

Page 177: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

171

look. I have a mole on my face. Any woman with a mole on her face walking to you in streets

could be me.”

Similarly, the mute has a very good memory of what his dad told him, and he is

determined to preserve the past as well as the present. He uses a camcorder to record everything

his father does. After the father dies, the tape becomes the mute’s only memory of him. While

watching the tape over and over again, the mute says in voice-over, “Seeing my dad cooking, I

feel happy. Although I know I will never have a chance to have a steak cooked by him, I will

forever remember the flavor.”

However, this effort to preserve the memory of his father on a tape, which parallels

Wong Kar-wai’s efforts to preserve Hong Kong in his films, paradoxically reflects the demise of

history. Wong says, “So in Fallen Angels, I was trying to include a location which I thought

would disappear within a year or two, like the teahouse and restaurants where the killers went,

and the place where he lives” (Brunette 118). The threat of loss of history invokes passion for

historicity, but returning to the past is simply rendered impossible. Preservation is problematic

because what is preserved is always selective, and it is impossible to represent the whole truth.

In Fallen Angels, mise-en-scène also constructs an image of Hong Kong that is devoid of

history and memory. For instance, the characters’ dwellings show no traces of the past. All the

places seem transitory and temporary. The female agent’s small room in the Chungking

Mansion only has enough space for a bed. It is depressingly small and dark like a cave.

Everything she does takes place in bed: counting money, looking through the killer’s garbage,

and watching TV. This room reflects a broader history of disappearance since all traces of

former guests have been erased before she takes residence. The killer’s small and poorly-

furnished apartment also shows no signs of memories or history: it is apparently a temporary

Page 178: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

172

dwelling place and nothing more. His refrigerator has nothing in it except for a dozen beers.

When we are first introduced to his place, the clock on the wall does not even tell time.

In addition to the experiences of fragmentation, Wong’s postmodern protagonists also

suffer from the waning of affect. Cut off from the outside world, they are desocialized subjects,

who are desperately lonely but not unhappy. In this sense, Fallen Angels reflects Jameson’s

argument about the waning of affect. According to Jameson, this decline does not mean the end

of all human feelings but instead expresses the anxiety and alienation, the major characteristics

of modern society, demonstrated in Edvard Munch’s painting The Scream. Jameson explains:

This is not to say that the cultural products of the postmodern era are utterly devoid of

feeling, but rather that such feelings…are now free-floating and impersonal, and tend to

be dominated by a peculiar kind of euphoria. (Postmodernism, or, the Cultural Logic of

Late Capitalism 72)

The killer and the female agent distance themselves from one another and avoid any emotional

involvement. When this becomes impossible, they have to terminate the partnership.

This waning of affect is made prominent by the two characters’ appearances. The hit

man always wears black suits and white shirts. He has slick, black hair with long bangs hanging

over his forehead, so it is difficult to see his eyes. The female agent wears fishnet stockings and

shiny, patent-leather dresses. She also hides herself behind these tight, shiny dresses, which,

according to the filmmaker, reminds one of condoms and self-protection (Zhang). She has long,

straight hair, and, like the killer, she also looks at the world from behind long bangs that cover

her eyes, which signifies her lack of communication with the outside world. Both characters

seem to have just walked out from a film noir.

Page 179: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

173

In Fallen Angels, there are no meaningful, spontaneous relationships among the

characters, and human activities revolve solely around money. The killer and the agent

deliberately keep their distance from one another to stop their relationship from being

contaminated by emotions. The killer needs his agent to scout murder sites in addition to

managing information and financial transactions for him. In return, the female partner counts on

his efficiency to have customers. They are good partners until the agent starts developing

emotions toward him, which results in the end of their relationship. Also, the female agent

ironically refers to scouting locations for the hit man’s jobs as “visiting friends.” However, the

“friends” who are about to be murdered know nothing about her, and she knows nothing about

them. In a voice-over, she states, “I know none of these [“friends”], neither am I interested.

Because they will disappear very soon.” This cold, impersonal attitude dominates Wong’s

modern urban narratives. Furthermore, the relationship between the mute and Charlie also starts

with money. When they first meet, Charlie borrows money from the mute to make phone calls

and also “borrows” his shoulder to cry on in the moment of fragility. When her crisis is over and

she no longer needs the mute, she forgets him and starts a new relationship with someone else.

To map out the psychological impact of this waning of affect on the characters and their

desocialization, Wong often films these characters in empty spaces. Hong Kong is the most

densely populated place in the world. However, Wong’s postmodern city in Fallen Angels often

appears to be a ghost town. The railway station where the killer and his agent are first seen is

empty. Their footsteps echo in the underground station, which not only foregrounds the

emptiness of the place, but also creates an eerie feeling. The Cross Harbor Tunnel is one of the

most congested places in the world, but when the mute rides his motorcycle through the tunnel,

there are rarely any other vehicles in sight. We see an empty space that extends endlessly.

Page 180: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

174

Wong’s use of extreme wide-angle lenses also enhances the waning of affect by

amplifying and distorting the space and anything inside it. The wide and extreme wide angles

give prominence to the sense of isolation by depicting a city in which people are physically close

to each other but mentally distant. While sharing his experiences with these lenses for filming

crowded spaces, cinematographer Christopher Doyle recalls:

It is about space, we use wide angle because these people look so close together but they

are so distant. The camera should be close to them; you feel so close to them but you

know they are very separated by great distance of incomprehensibility. They can’t talk to

each other. (Rayns)

Generally speaking, wide angles accentuate the depth of field and show both the foreground and

background in focus. In Fallen Angels, there are two primary uses of this type of lenses. In each

case, these lenses isolate the characters from the indifferent cityscape and emphasize the

prevailing sense of solitude. First, when the camera has the cityscape in the foreground and the

characters in the background, these lenses make the city appear to be immense and menacing.

For instance, in the railway station from which the female assistant takes a train to the killer’s

apartment, wide-angle shots increase her speed as she walks away from the audience. This

technique highlights a sense of urgency as if she was escaping. They also maximize her tiny

figure as she ascends on the escalator. When she stands on the moving escalator, the shot shows

her being encompassed by the monstrous yellow columns of the station. This shot makes the

assistant seem like an insect drowning in a sea of cement and steel, which expresses her

vulnerability within the urban landscape.

Also, the wide-angle cinematography draws attention to the characters’ isolation by

amplifying empty spaces and squeezing humans into a corner of the foreground, a technique that

Page 181: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

175

Wong also uses in another film 2046. These shots make the characters seem more distant from

their surroundings than they actually are. When the assistant visits a restaurant after the killer

dies, she sits in front of the camera, eating a bowl of noodles and complaining about the cold

weather. Her head and one hand occupy two-thirds of the screen. Through the wide-angle lens,

her face is distorted, and her forehead appears disproportionately large. As she is eating in the

foreground, the mute becomes involved in a fight in the background. She is only one table away

from the fight, but the space between her and the altercation is elongated to present a subjective

perception. In addition, it is difficult to tell from her facial expression whether she really hears

them. She continues to contemplate the weather and the killer’s demise. This scene conveys her

isolation from the outside world by contrasting her calmness with the violence behind her, in

addition to the collision between her subjective perception and reality.

To portray a city of fallen angels, Wong also uses unusual camera angles that give the

city a sinister feeling. For instance, the Dutch angle reflects the characters’ dislocation and

estrangement. When filming at such an angle, the shots defamiliarize the common aspects of

everyday life, impart a new energy to familiar objects, and make the city appear in a certain way

to convey desirable psychological implications. In the entire film, there are seldom any straight

shots of objects; instead, scenes are often filmed from a tilted angle in addition to a high or low

angle, which signify unusual perspectives. Also, the constant motion of the camera underscores

the schizophrenic condition of the central characters.

After all, Wong’s cinematic space of postmodern Hong Kong in Fallen Angels is a

dystopia pervaded by struggle and despair, a noir city characterized by uncertainty and chaos.

Situated in Hong Kong are Wong’s four fallen angels—the killer, the agent, the mute, and

Charlie—as suggested by the title of the film. In the Christian tradition, the “fallen angels” are

Page 182: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

176

those who, along with Lucifer, were banished from Heaven for their rebellion against God. In

Wong’s urban narrative, every character/angel has sinned: the contract killer commits murder for

money, the female agent has the killer slain after he rejects her love, the mute is a petty criminal,

and Charlie is preoccupied with revenge. Therefore, Wong’s fallen angels are all banished from

the realm of normal lives and condemned to live in the perpetual present.

The dystopian elements of Fallen Angels are evident through its conclusion. In the end,

the four major characters are reduced to two as the killer is murdered and Charlie walks out of

the mute’s life for good. While the female agent and the mute pair up and move on, the mute

indicates that there is no hope that they would ever be friends. After all, life continues. Riding

on the motorcycle behind the mute, the agent falls into meditation. In a voice-over, she says, “I

haven’t been so close to anyone for a long time. Although I know this ride won’t last long and

soon enough I will get off, at this moment I feel warm.” This observation echoes with the mute’s

and her own comments about the cold weather, which functions as a reference to the

dehumanizing world of isolation. As she slowly closes her eyes to enjoy the moment, the camera

moves to the mute. In the wide-angle shot, he tries to see the road with his squinting eyes

through thick cigarette smoke, while his face is distorted in front of the camera. However, the

mute does not look frightening or devilish. Instead, his distorted face draws the audience closer

to both characters to identify with them, to feel their pain, and to share their hope for survival.

As Stehphen Teo suggests, “we are all fallen angels” who “live in the same city, psychologically

speaking” (84-85).

By drawing on the key symptoms that plague Wong’s characters, this chapter argues that

Wong’s cinematic space and subjectivity mark a dramatic break from the previous films in

discussion. Wong’s fallen angels register typical symptoms, such as negation of subjectivity,

Page 183: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

177

schizophrenic experience, and waning of affect, that suggest the dissolution of history. Previous

chapters have demonstrated the transformation of identity in Hong Kong by looking at liminal

identity in Days of Being Wild, an all-pervasive diasporic identity in In the Mood for Love and

2046, a strong desire to belong in As Tears Go by, the tension between local and global in

Chungking Express, and an identity crisis in Fallen Angels. However, ending the analysis of

space and identity with Wong’s Fallen Angels is not to suggest that this is the end of the struggle

with local identity in Hong Kong. The discussion of Hong Kong identity will remain a central

concern probably until 2046 when the policy of “one country, two systems” comes to its own

expiration date.

Page 184: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

178

CHAPTER 8

CONCLUSION

This dissertation has examined Wong Kar-wai’s representation of Hong Kong and its

relationship with the construction of local identity. This study traces changes in Wong’s

treatment of the city and how his characters’ interactions with their surroundings convey their

identities in Days of Being Wild, In the Mood for Love, 2046, As Tears Go by, Chungking

Express, and Fallen Angels. The first three films are set in the colonial period, whereas the

others take place after 1984 in which the Sino-British Joint Declaration was signed by the Prime

Ministers of China and Britain. Wong’s selection of location and his intricate mise-en-scène

respond to the formation and transformation of local identity: his spatial arrangements map out

the psychological landscape of the city and show the impact of colonialism, modernization,

decolonization, globalization, and postmodern culture on the residents of Hong Kong.

Scholars have examined Wong’s treatment of space and time in addition to his distinctive

visual style and intriguing narrative structures; however, there has been little discussion about the

interaction between cinematic space and identity in Wong’s films. The relationship between

space and identity is critical in the discussion of Hong Kong films made during the time period

shortly before and after the 1997 handover. This project aims to give a systematic and detailed

examination of Wong’s films in order to demonstrate a strong connection between the perception

of space and the formation of identity and show how they shape and influence each other.

My emphasis on space in Wong’s films is motivated by the spatial turn, a concept

inspired by the arguments of Henri Lefebvre, Michel Foucault, and Edward Soja that space

Page 185: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

179

matters. This trend witnessed a shift from temporality to space in social sciences and the

humanities, and a large body of literature has examined space, location, geography, and

landscapes. In recent years, cinema studies have adopted this perspective as an analytical tool to

interpret human experience and social relations. For instance, in his analysis of Chinese-

language film, Fredric Jameson distinguishes the construction of landscape in the Fifth

Generation filmmaking in the People’s Republic from that in Hong Kong cinema and Taiwanese

new wave cinema. Jameson argues that these different perspectives on national and ethnic

identity account for the portrayal of landscapes in films from these three regions (The

Geopolitical Aesthetic). My analysis of Wong’s films takes advantage of this spatial turn by

following the argument that space is culturally constructed and reflects social concerns and the

ideology of the time.

Spatial studies have been valuable in film analysis. Architecture, geography, landscapes,

cityscapes, interior and public spaces have become the objects for spatial investigation in films.

They offer rich analytic materials to examine how space is constructed in films, what meanings it

conveys, and how it is related to the actual world. The representations of cinematic space call

attention to the artificiality of cinema and the power of interpretation. The study of space in film

helps to map out economic, political, and social geography.

This dissertation is a close reading of a variety of images of Hong Kong in Wong’s

selected films. Wong’s selection of locations, camera angles, camera position and movement,

composition, and lighting contribute to his cinematic representation of Hong Kong. In

examining Wong’s cinematic Hong Kong, I have tried to answer the following questions: How

does Wong’s cinematic space reflect the characters’ internal struggles? How do the characters’

relationships with and perceptions of their surroundings reveal their identities? How does

Page 186: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

180

Wong’s cinematic space reveal the social tensions and conflicts that influence the formation of

local identity? How are space and identity in Wong’s films intimately inter-related?

The intent for this dissertation is two-fold. First, this project has illustrated how Hong

Kong’s history and culture have shaped Wong’s construction of his cinematic city and how he

uses this urban space to portray changing political and social relations. Second, this study has

investigated how the changing relationships between the characters and their surroundings

embody shifting meanings of cultural identity in Hong Kong. J. Crary states that urban

landscapes in films not only mirror the social relations that are formed in the streets but also

record and change the social practices within the urban milieu (3). The spectacle of the

cinematic Hong Kong in Wong’s films has the same function as Crary describes. In Wong’s

films, the representations of urban landscapes not only reveal social reality but also influence the

formation of social and physical spaces.

Cinematic spectacles are not objective representations of reality. However, filmic

spectacles are creations in which different ideologies are tested, and social norms are subverted

or affirmed. Although we need to distinguish Hong Kong from Wong’s artistic representations

of it, Wong’s depictions provide a framework to investigate how individuals are influenced by

their changing surroundings. Wong’s cinematic space traces the impact of colonialism,

imperialism, decolonization, and globalization on Hong Kong, whereas the characters’ changing

relationships with their surroundings indicate that identity is plural, negotiable, fluidic, and

situational.

Politics of space are politics of power relations. In Hong Kong, the relationship between

identity and power is significant in the community’s struggle to control and define its members’

sense of themselves. The tension between the populace of Hong Kong and the British colonial

Page 187: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

181

government in the 1960s led to the emergence of a distinct local identity in the 1970s, whereas

the power struggle between residents of Hong Kong and the Chinese government generated a

desire among locals to define themselves apart from their “Chinese” backgrounds. Wong started

making films during the time when Hong Kong confronted the 1997 handover. His works

present considerable anxiety over an unknown future, dread provoked by the impending

handover, and uneasiness regarding the 50 years of promise. From the colonial period to the

handover, people have attempted to forge their own identities by distancing themselves from the

colonizer(s) through social, political, and economic transformations. These crisis-ridden decades

fostered anxiety among Hong Kong residents yet also yielded rich artistic representations that

reflected the complexity of these transformations and their effects on Hong Kong.

Wong’s work has always revealed geographical and spatial implications. His films have

examined both the claustrophobic spaces in colonial Hong Kong and the crowded streets of the

postcolonial city, taking the viewer from red-light district of Wan Chai in the 1960s to the highly

contested space of the Chungking Mansion in the 1990s. The significance of space in Wong’s

films cannot be overstated. Talking about the central role that space plays in his films, Wong

says, “It’s about the place, not about the people” (Brunette 119). Wong’s understanding of Hong

Kong comes from his experiences in the city, and the cinematic space he creates on the screen

naturally echoes social practices in Hong Kong.

This dissertation examines Wong’s six films made shortly before and after the 1997

takeover. These films are set primarily in the two time periods that are most crucial to the

formation of local identity in Hong Kong’s. The three films set in the 1960s observe the

predominant diasporic identity and the emergence of local identity during this decade. The films

set in the 1990s witness a transitional moment as locals faced the threat of an imposed Chinese

Page 188: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

182

as a result of the handover. Wong’s representations of these periods express the characters’

struggles and desires amid significant social transformations.

The trilogy set in the 1960s centers on spaces of transition and diasporic identity. Days

of Being Wild, 2046, and In the Mood for Love convey nostalgia for Hong Kong’s colonial

history, and the main characters are associated primarily with liminal space as a result of

oppressive sociopolitical conditions. In these films, Hong Kong exists as an anonymous

backdrop for the narratives. Wong conveys the diasporic identity of 1960s Hong Kong through

the claustrophobic space that the characters inhabit, the nonstop rain, the enclosed spaces of the

dark alleys, and the deep-rooted sense of isolation. These elements produce a nostalgic image of

colonial Hong Kong as ambiguous and alien. In its description of new emigrants’ lives, Days of

Being Wild presents a liminal space and a liminal identity, demonstrated in Yuddy’s fruitless

search for his biological mother. In the Mood for Love replaces this sense of liminality with the

emergence of an exclusive Shanghainese community. To close the trilogy, 2046 shifts its

attention to a space of transition epitomized by the Oriental Hotel while also calling attention to

the emergence of local identity.

As Tears Go by, Chungking Express, and Fallen Angels focus on Hong Kong residents’

struggle with local identity in face of decolonization, globalization, and postmodernism. The

cinematic space of these films is defined by greater tension and anxiety because of Hong Kong’s

political transition from the British Empire to China. In As Tears Go by, the awakening of local

consciousness finds its expression in the gangster’s turf battles and the characters’ endeavors to

belong somewhere. The homogenizing force of globalization manifested in the placeless and no-

place in Chungking Express is counterbalanced by Wong’s attempts to preserve and reinforce

local identity. In the interaction between the local and the global, Wong prioritizes the former by

Page 189: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

183

having his characters firmly rooted in the environment, signified by Faye’s return to Hong Kong

after her travels. In contrast to the optimistic attitude in Chungking Express, the postmodern

dystopia of Fallen Angels provides a glimpse of the dark side of Hong Kong, which is rampant

with criminals. In Fallen Angels, symptoms of amnesia, waning of affect, schizophrenia, and

negation of subjectivity create a problematic sense of identity. In general, these three films

present Hong Kong as caught in the simultaneous interplay of different forces.

The theoretical and methodological approach of this dissertation can be applied to

Wong’s some other films, such as Happy Together (1997), Ashes of Time (1994), and My

Blueberry Nights (2007). For instance, the cinematic space in Happy Together suggests the

urban environment of Hong Kong, although the story takes place in Argentina. As is the case

with Wong’s characters in the 1960s trilogy, Yiu-Fai and Po-Wing are isolated and dwell in

claustrophobic spaces, and their experiences in Argentina are similar to the diasporic lives

explored thoroughly in Wong’s trilogy. Spaces such as the characters’ small apartment, the

confined space inside the moving bus, and the deserted streets construct evidently a diasporic

identity.

Other directors from Hong Kong, most notably Clara Law and Johnnie To, also share

Wong’s thematic treatment of space and identity, and hence these directors’ works also make

good subjects for spatial analysis. These filmmakers also manipulate cinematic space to

foreground the dynamics of empowerment and disempowerment that are experienced by

individuals under colonialism and postcolonialism. Law’s films, for instance, advance a diffuse

sense of identity. Ephemerality, inherent to Hong Kong due to its colonial past and post-colonial

present, prevails in Law’s cinematic space. As a Hong Kong Second Wave film director, Law is

famous for her mastery of depicting nomadic lifestyles and the experiences of displacement.

Page 190: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

184

Law was born in Macau, worked in Hong Kong, and immigrated to Australia before the

handover. Being an emigrant throughout her life, Law is interested in the space of Hong Kong in

addition to issues of geographical and emotional dislocation. Her films, such as Farewell China

(1990) and Autumn Moon (1992), Floating Life (1996), and The Goddess of 1967 (2000), address

themes of migrancy, dislocation, and the identity crisis in the characters’ encounters with people

from different cultures. Law’s contemporary Hong Kong is featureless, reminiscent of the city in

Wong’s 1960s trilogy. Like Wong, Law often sets her central characters apart from their

surroundings, which suggests the alienating aspects of modern life in Hong Kong and the sense

of rootlessness inherent to the immigrant experience.

To’s films explore the urban space of Hong Kong as a highly contested site. Set

exclusively in Hong Kong, his contemporary films provide close observations of life in this

environment. Under the influence of his own childhood in Kowloon Walled City, a place

famous for its illicit dealings, To’s cinematic urban space is full of tense action, and the

cinematic city is susceptible to disruptions and violence, reminiscent of Wong’s As Tears Go by.

To’s cinematic urban space often comes to foil human characters’ plans. For instance, Hong

Kong in PTU: Police Tactical Unit (2003) is a matrix or a maze that confuses and traps To’s

characters.

Similarly, this spatial analysis of Wong’s films can also be applied to works of some

Taiwanese filmmakers. For instance, director Hou Hsiao Hsien devotes significant attention to

physical settings. Hou is known for employing extreme long takes in a fixed position to observe

the interactions between the characters and their surroundings. In “Hou Hsiao Hsien’s The

Puppetmaster: The Poetics of Landscape,” Nick Browne compares Hou’s depiction of the murky

domestic space with the sublime landscape in The Puppetmaster (1993) and praises the

Page 191: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

185

filmmaker’s creative use of mise-en-scène and architecture to delineate the puppetmaster’s

family history.

Furthermore, observations on identity and space in Wong’s films might be useful in

understanding some films made in Taiwan because of its geopolitical position. Like Hong Kong,

Taiwan is also located in a politically interstitial space. As Hong Kong is sandwiched between

mainland China and the British Empire, Taiwan is defined by the tension and conflicts between

the Kuomingtang (KMT) Nationalist Party and the People’s Republic of China. Taiwan is also a

contested space under competing forces of indigenous culture, Japanese colonialism, and

Chinese culture. Hou’s films reveal concerns with these conflicts and tensions, which are

informed by his experiences as an immigrant in Taiwan. In addition to the history of

immigration, Hou’s films also examine Japanese colonization of Taiwan, its process of

modernization, and the social problems of Taiwan. One can probably link Hou’s depiction of

space with the changing political situations of Taiwan and ask questions, such as how does his

cinematic space allegorize political conditions in Taiwan? What effects does the landscape in

Hou’s long takes produce? How is the space of Taiwan renegotiated in Hou’s films and to what

end?

The examination of the cinematic city and its relation to the shifting meanings of identity

could also provide a model for analysis of films in world cinema. Wong’s films are both local

and international at the same time. Although Wong’s films under examination are about Hong

Kong, global audiences can easily relate to his themes of isolation, rootlessness, and transiency

since these are universal concerns. In spite of the specific geographical location and temporal

settings of Wong’s films, his focus on migration, globalization, displacement, identity, and

alienation lend his works a broader relevance.

Page 192: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

186

Due to the limited scope of this dissertation, there are a few topics that I did not have the

chance to explore thoroughly but would like to develop for future projects. For instance, racial

and gender relationships are central to colonial and postcolonial discourses, and these issues are

important for future research. Although I have touched on these issues in relation to Chungking

Express, additional work could be done to investigate how these social relations are inscribed in

cinematic space. In colonies such as Hong Kong, the colonizer often divides the city space to

serve different purposes, and where one lives and works indicates his or her social status. My

future work in these areas would involve the following questions: how is this space of power

relations reflected in Hong Kong films and literature? How is it omitted in artistic representation

of Hong Kong and why?

Also, the representation of masculinity is an important issue for future research. From

the stories of Yuddy in Days of Being Wild and Chow Muyun in 2046, masculinity in Wong’s

films set in the colonial era can only be expressed through the controlling male gaze and the

characters’ misogynistic treatment of their girlfriends. How do we understand the male

characters’ misogyny? Does this hatred have anything to do with the protagonists’ lack of

political power in Hong Kong? Is a political reading applicable to Wong’s sentimental male

characters, who openly express their emotions like Cop #663 an #223 in Chungking Express?

Additionally, it would be interesting to investigate the issue of class in Wong’s

representation of Hong Kong and how social status of his characters determines the spaces they

inhabit and their behaviors. In Wong’s nostalgic trilogy, Yuddy comes from a wealthy family,

and Chow Muyun, who is obviously well educated, seems better off than the majority of other

new immigrants. However, Wong’s protagonists in films set in the 1990s all come from the

lower or lower-middle class. The spaces these protagonists occupy not only indicate their

Page 193: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

187

identities but also predetermine their behaviors. Yuddy and Chow are shown in closed spaces,

while the policemen and gangsters in Wong’s films set in the 1980s and 1990s are often seen in

urban streets, which are associated with anonymity, disruption, and violence. Does this shift

from the depiction of life of the upper or middle class to that of the lower or lower-middle class

stem from a changing social structure? What does it suggest about the success story of Hong

Kong, the myth that Hong Kong is a world city occupied by middle-class residents?

Similarly, a further study could assess the critical role of music in Wong’s films and its

effects on signifying emotions and constructing cinematic space. The role of music in film can

never be overstated as it often expresses hidden emotions, comments on the action, and

sometimes adds to actors’ performances. Wong creatively exploits the potential of music in

filmmaking. He often uses music to represent characters and lets the music speak for them. For

instance, in 2046, Bai Ling is first introduced through Connie Francis’s “Siboney.” The

passionate Latin music highlights the character’s exotic and mysterious allure. The music

intensifies the passion and the seduction of the scene and successfully creates the passionate and

seductive character Bai Ling, who constantly falls in and out of love. Also, Wong’s use of music

often creates a desirable ambience or foregrounds certain characteristics of the place. For

instance, in the beginning of Chungking Express, the Indian music calls attention to the

multicultural environment of the Chungking Mansion.

This dissertation has treated space as a key element to understanding Hong Kong’s

unique cultural identity in Wong’s films. Space influences the formation of identity, whereas

identity also shapes people’s perception and production of space. In Wong’s films, the space of

Hong Kong, going through the process of colonization, modernization, decolonization, and

globalization, impacts residents’ senses of themselves. Wong’s characters’ identities change

Page 194: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

188

over time: from the liminal identity to diasporic identity in films set in the 1960s and from the

awakening of local consciousness in As Tears Go by to the preservation of local identity under

the influence of globalization in Chungking Express. Along with these alterations in identities,

the characters’ perceptions of Hong Kong change from initially regarding it as a liminal space, to

seeing it as a host city, and to eventually considering it their only home. All this evidence

suggests that space influences people. In return, the production of space in Wong’s films shows

the impact of social transformations on residents and illustrates changes in their relationships

with the place. However, my observations here are not conclusive. Since Wong will continue to

make films in the future, and his creativity, aesthetics, and style are still in progress, it would be

premature to arrive at any definite conclusion about his body of work as a whole. If anything, I

hope my dissertation helps to open up new possibilities for continued theorization of spatiality

not only in films but also in other forms of cultural representation.

Page 195: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

189

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Abbas, M. Ackbar. “Building on Disappearing.” The Cultural Studies Reader. Ed. Simon

During. London: Routledge, 2001.

---. “Cosmopolitan De-scription: Shanghai and Hong Kong.” Cosmopolitanism. Ed. Carol A.

Breckenridge, Homi K. Bhabha, Sheldon Pollock, and Dipesh Chakrabarty. Durham:

Duke University Press, 2002.

---. “The Erotics of Disappointment.” Wong Kar-wai. Ed. Jean-Marc Lalanne, David Martinez,

Ackbar Abbas, and Jimmy Ngai. Paris: Dis Voir, 1997.

---. Hong Kong: Culture and the Politics of Disappearance. Minneapolis: the University of

Minnesota Press, 1997.

---. “Hong Kong: Other Histories, Other Politics.” Public Culture 3 (1997): 293-13.

---. “The Last Emporium: Verse and Cultural Space.” Positions 1.1 (1993): 1-17.

---. “The New Hong Kong Cinema and the déjà Disparu.” Discourse 16.3 (1994): 66-67.

Abel, Richard. French Film Theory and Criticism: a History/Anthology,1907-1939. Princeton:

Princeton University Press, 1988.

Arthur, Paul. “In the Mood for Love.” Cineaste. 26.3 (Summer 2001): 40-41.

Ashcroft, Bill, Gareth Griffiths, and Helen Tiffin. The Empire Writes Back: Theory and Practice

in Post-colonial Literatures. London: Routledge, 2002.

Augé, Marc. An Anthology for Contemporaneous Worlds. Trans. Amy Jacob. Stanford: Stanford

University Press, 1999.

---. Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodenrity. Trans.

Page 196: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

190

John Howe. London. New York: Verso, 1995.

Baudelaire, Charles. Paris Spleen,1869. New York: New Directions Pub. Corp,1970.

Baudrillard, Jean. America. Trans. Christ Turner. New York: Verso, 1993.

---. Symbolic Exchange and Death. London; Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications, 1993.

Benjamin, Walter. Illuminations: Essays and Reflections. Trans. Harry Zohn. New York:

Schocken, 1969.

---, and Christopher Hutton. Triad Societies: Western Accounts of the History, Sociology and

Linguistics. NewYork: Routledge, 2000.

Bhabha, Homi K. “The World and the Home.” Dangerous Liaisons: Gender, Nation, and

Postcolonial Perspectives. Ed. Anne McClintock, Aamir Mufti, and Ella Shohat.

Minneapolis: the University of Minnesota Press, 1997.

Bolton, Kingsley. Hong Kong English: Autonomy and Creativity. Hong Kong: Hong Kong

University Press, 2002.

Bordwell, David. Planet Hong Kong: Popular Cinema and the Art of Entertainment. Cambridge:

Harvard University Press, 2000.

Boyd, Brian. Vladimir Nabokov: The Russian Years. Princeton: Princeton University Press,

1990.

Brenkman, John. Straight Male Modern: A Cultural Critique of Psychoanalysis. New York:

Routledge, 1993.

Brett, Annabel S., and Marsilius (of Padua). The Defender of the Peace. Cambridge: Cambridge

University Press, 2005.

Brunette, Peter. Wong Kar-wai. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2005.

Page 197: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

191

Camhi, Leslie. “Film; Setting His Tale of Love Found in a City Long Lost.” 28 Jan. 2001

<http:www.nytimes.com/2001/01/28/movies/film-setting-his-tale-of-love-

lost.html?pagewanted=all&src=pm>.

Carry, J. Techniques of the Observer: On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century.

Cambridge: MIT Press, 1990.

Certeau, Michel de. The Practice of Everyday Life. Trans. Steven Rendall. Berkeley: University

of California Press, 2011.

Césaire, Aimé, and Robin D.G. Kelly. Discourse on Colonialism. Trans. John Pinkham. New

York and London: Modern Reader, 1972.

Chan, Evans. “Postmodernism and Hong Kong cinema.” 11 Feb.2000 <http://pmc.iath.

virginia.edu/text-only/issue.500/10.3chan.txt>.

Cheung, Esther M. K. “The Hi/stories of Hong Kong.” Cultural Studies. 15.3-4 (2001): 564-90.

Cheung, Gary Ka-wai. Hong Kong’s Watershed: the 1967 Riots. Hong Kong: Hong Kong

University Press, 2009.

Cheung, Maggie. “Interview.” 12 Dec. 2010 <http://www.tudou.com/programs/

view/5SjmCkB2yAY/>.

Chia, Benny. “40 Heroes.” 3 May. 2008 <http://edmundlee.weebly.com/uploads/4/3/0/7/

4307162/12-feature-hkheroes.pdf>.

Choy, Howard Y. F. “Schizophrenic Hong Kong: Postcolonial Identity Crisis in the Infernal

Affairs Trilogy.” Global Cities 3 (2007): 52-66.

Chow, Rey. “King Kong in Hong Kong Watching the ‘Handover’ from the U.S.A.” Social Text

55 (1998): 93-08

Ciment, Michel. “Entretien avec Wong Kar-wai.” Positif 410 (1995): 39-45.

Page 198: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

192

Ciment, Michel, and H. Niogret. “Entretien avec Wong Kar-wai.” Positif 477 (November 2000):

76-80.

Clarke, David. Hong Kong Art: Culture and Decolonization. Durham, NC: Duke University

Press, 2002.

Clemens, Justin, and Dominic Pettman. Avoiding the Subject: Media, Culture and the Object.

Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press, 2004

Crang, Mike. Cultural Geography. New York: Routledge, 1998.

Cresswell, Tim. Place: a Short Introduction. Malden: Blackwell, 2004.

Cuthbert, Alexander. “Under the Volcano: Postmodern Space in Hong Kong.” Postmodern

Cities and Spaces. Ed. Sophie Watson and Katherine Bibson. Oxford, UK: Blackwell,

1995.

D. Clarke. Hong Kong Art: Culture and Decolonization. Durham, NC: Duke University Press,

2002.

Dancyger, Ken. The Technique of Film and Video Editing: History, Theory, and Practice.

Boston: Focal Press, 2010.

Davis, Fred. Yearning for Yesterday. London: Collier Macmillan Publishers, 1979.

Doyle, Christopher. “Q&A: Christopher Doyle.” 21 March, 2006 <http://articles.cnn.com/2006-

03-21/travel/hongkong.qa_1_hong-kong-sense-chinese-restaurants?_s=PM:TRAVEL>.

Dunn, Robert. G. Identity Crises: a Social Critique of Postmodernity. Minneapolis: the

University of Minnesota Press, 1998.

Eileen, Chang, and Andrew F. Jones. Written on Water. New York: Columbia University Press,

2005.

Page 199: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

193

Eleftheriotis, Dimitris, and Gary Needham. Asian Cinemas: a Reader and Guide. Honolulu:

University of Hawai’i Press, 2006.

Evans, Grant, and Maria Tam Siu-mi. Hong Kong: the Anthropology of a Chinese Metropolis.

Hawai'i: University of Hawai'i Press, 1997.

Foucault, Michel. Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and other Writings 1972-1977. Ed.

Colin Gordon. New York: Pantheon Books, 1980.

---. “Of Other Spaces,” Diacritics 16.1 (1986): 22-27.

Franck, Karen A. Architecture Inside out. Salt Lake City: Academy Press, 2000.

Gaylord, Mark S., and Danny Gittings. Introduction to Crime, Law and Justice in Hong Kong.

Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, 2009.

Ghai, Yash P. Hong Kong’s New Constitutional Order. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University

Press, 1997.

Guldin, GE. “Hong Kong Ethnicity: of Folk Models and Change.” Hong Kong: the Anthropology

of a Chinese Metropolis. Ed. Evans G and Tam M. Surrey: Curzon Press, 1997.

Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity: an Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural

Change. Oxford: Blackwell, 1989.

---. “Time-Space Compression and the Postmodern Condition.” Modernity: After Modernity. Ed.

Malcolm Waters. London: Routledge, 1999.

Holton, Robert. “Globalization’s Cultural Consequences.” Annals of the American Academy of

Political and Social Science 570 (July 2000): 140-52.

Hopkins, Jeff. “A Mapping of Cinematic Places: Icons, Ideology, and the Power of

(Mis)representation.” Place, Power, Situation, and Spectacle: a Geography of Film. Ed.

Stuart C. Aitken and Leo Zonn. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, INC.,1994.

Page 200: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

194

Huang, Tsung-yi Michelle. Walking between Slums and Skyscrappers: Illusions of Open Space

in Hong Kong, Tokyo, and Shanghai. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, 2004.

---. “Chungking Express: Walking with a Map of Desire in the Mirage of the Global City.”

Quarterly Review of Film and Video 18 (2001): 129-43.

Hughes, Richard. Hong Kong: Borrowed Place, Borrowed Time. New York: F.A. Praeger, 1968.

Hutcheon, Linda. A Poetics of Postmodernism. London: Routledge, 1998.

Jacobs, Steven. “Panoptic Paranoia and Phantasmagoria: Fritz Lang’s Nocturnal City” Spatial

Turns: Space, Place, and Mobility in German Literary and Visual Culture. Ed. Jaimey

Fisher and Barbara Mennel. New York: Rodopi, 2010.

Jameson, Fredric. The Geopolitical Aesthetic: Cinema and Space in the World System.

Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995.

---. Postmodernism, or, the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke University Press,

2003.

John, Friedmann. The Prospect of Cities. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2002.

Kane, Daniel. The Chinese Language: its History and Current Usage. North Clarendon, VT:

Tuttle Publishing, 2006.

Kaufman, Anthony. “Decade: Wong Kar-wai on ‘In the Mood for Love.’” IndieWIRE. 6 Dec.

2009. 21 Feb. 2010 <http://www.indiewire.com/article/decade_wong_kar-

wai_on_in_the_mood_for_love>.

Kei, Sek. “Achievement and Crisis: Hong Kong Cinema in the 80s. Bright Lights Film. Jan.

2001. 12 May. 2010. <http://www.brightlightsfilm.com/31/hk_achievement1

.html>.

Page 201: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

195

Khatchadourian, Haig. “Space and Time in Film.” British Journal of Aesthetics 27.2 (1987):

169-77.

King, Ambrose Y.C., and Rance P. L. Lee. Social Life and Development in Hong Kong. Hong

Kong: Chinese University Press, 1981.

Kracauer, Siegfried. The Mass Ornament: Weimar Essays. Trans. Thomas Y. Levin. Cambridge:

Harvard University Press, 2005.

Kraicer, Shelly. “Interview: Johnnie To and Wai Ka-fai.” Senses of Cinema 29 Dec. 2001

<http://www.sensesofcinema.com/2001/feature-articles/to_and_ka-fai/>.

Ku, Agnes S. M. Remaking Citizenship in Hong Kong. London: Routledge, 2004.

Lafrance, J. D. “Cinematic Pleasures: Chungking Express” 23 May. 2004 <http://www.

erasingclouds.com/0519chungking.html>.

Lalanne, Jean-Marc. Wong Kar-wai. Paris: Dis Voir, 1997.

Lam, Wai-man. Understanding the Political Culture of Hong Kong: the Paradox of Activism and

Depoliticization. New York: An East Gate Book, 2004.

Lampuguani, Vittorio Magnago. Hong Kong Architecture. New York: Prestel Verlag, 1993.

Lamster, Mark. “Introduction,” Architecture and Film. New York: Princeton Architectural

Press, 2001.

Lan, Zuwei. “Interview with Wong Kar-wai.” 11 March. 2005 <http:bbs.saraba1st.com

/2b/simple/?t139720.html>.

Lee, Leo Ou-fan. City Between Worlds: My Hong Kong. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University

Press, 2008.

---. Shanghai Modern: the Flowering of a New Urban Culture in China 1930-1945. Cambridge,

Page 202: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

196

Mass: Harvard University Press, 1999.

Lee, Pui-tak. Hong Kong Reintergrating with China. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press,

2001.

Lee, Vivian P.Y.. Hong Kong Cinema Since 1997. Palgrave Macmillan: New York, 2009.

Lefebvre, Henri. The Production of Space. Trans. Donald Nichcolson-Smith. Oxford: Blackwell,

1974.

Leffman, David, and Jules Brown. The Rough Guide to Hong Kong & Macau. New York:

Penguin Group, 2009.

Lehan, Richard. The City in Literature. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1998.

Lemm, Vanessa. “Memory and Promise in Arendt and Nietzsche.” Revista De Ciencia Política

26.2 (2006): 161-73.

Lilley, Rozanna. Staging Hong Kong: Gender and Performance in Transition. Honolulu:

University of Hawai’i press, 1998.

Lo, Kwai-Cheung. “Invisible Neighbors: Racial Minorities and the Hong Kong Chinese

Community.” Critical Zone 3: A Forum of Chinese and Western Knowledge. Ed. Douglas

Kerr. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, 2009.

---. “Liu Yichang and the Temporalities of Capitalist Modernity.” Journal of Modern Literature

in Chinese 10.1 (2010): 162-176.

Luk, Thomas Y. T. “Novels into Film: Liu Yichang’s Tète-Bèche and Wong Kar-wai’s In the

Mood for Love.” Chinese-Language Film: Historiography, Poetics, Politics. Ed. Sheldon

H. Lu and Emilie Yueh-yu Yeh. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press, 2005.

Lung, Ying-tai. “Hong Kong, Where are You Heading to?” 5 Dec. 2004 <http://www.

zcommunications.org/hong-kong-where-are-you-heading-to-by-ying-tai-lung>.

Page 203: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

197

Lyotard, Jean-François. The Postmodern Condition: a Report on Knowledge. Minneapolis:

University of Minnesota Press, 1984.

Mason, Fran. American Gangster Cinema: from Little Caesar to Pulp Fiction. New York:

Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.

Mason, Richard. The World of Suzie Wong. Cleveland: World Publication, 1958.

Marchetti, Gina. “Buying American, Consuming Hong Kong.” The Cinema of Hong Kong:

History, Arts, Identity. Ed. Poshek Fu and David Desser. New York: Cambridge

University Press, 2000.

Marsilius (of Padua), and Annabel S. Brett. The Defender of the Peace. Trans. Annabel Brett.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005.

Massumi, Brian. The Politics of Everyday Fear. Minneapolis: the University of Minnesota

Press, 1993.

Mazumdar, Ranjani. Bombay Cinema: an Archive of the City. Minneapolis: the University of

Minnesota Press, 2007.

Memmi, Albert. The Colonizer and the Colonized. New York: Orion Press, 1965.

Mitchell, Tony. “Migration, Memory, and Hong Kong: as a ‘Space of Transit’ in Clara

Law’s Autumn Moon” 10 Jan. 2010 <http://www.localnoise.net.au/site-

directory/papers/migration-memory- and-hong-kong-as-a-space-of-tansit-in-clara-laws-

autumn-moon/>.

Naficy, Hamid. An Accented Cinema: Exilic and Diasporic Filmmaking. Princeton, N.J.:

Princeton University Press, 2001.

Nietzsche, Friedrich. On the Genealogy of Morals. New York: Vintage, 1989.

Page 204: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

198

Nunan, David, and Julie Choi. Language and Culture: Reflective Narratives and the Emergence

of Identity. New York: Routledge, 2010.

Nyaw, Mee-Kau, and Li Si-Ming. The Other Hong Kong Report 1996. Hong Kong: The Chinese

University Press, 1996.

Ong, Han. The Artist’s Voice Since 1981. 5 Mar. 2009 <http://bombsite.com/issues/62/

articles/2113>.

Orr, John. “The City Reborn: Cinema at the Turn of the Century.” Screening the City. Ed. Mark

Shiel and Tony Fitzmaurice. Verso: London, 2003.

Pak, Tong Cheuk. Hong Kong New Wave Cinema: (1978-2000). Bristol, UK; Chicago, USA:

Intellect, 2008.

Pang, Laikwan, “Postcolonial Hong Kong Cinema: Utilitarian and (Trans)local.” Postcolonial

Studies 10.4 (2007): 413-430.

Pang, Laikwan, and Day Wong. Masculinity and Hong Kong Cinema. Hong Kong: Hong Kong

University Press, 2005.

Pettman, Dominic. “The Floating Life of Fallen Angels: Unsettled Communities and Hong Kong

Cinema.” Postcolonial Studies 3.1 (2000): 69-80.

Pomeranz, Margaret. “Interview with Wong Kaw-wai.” 2011. 12 Sep. 2008 <http://www.

abc.net.au/atthemovies/txt/s1397057.htm>.

Rabinow, P. The Foucault Reader. New York: Pantheon Books, 1984.

Rayns, Tony. “Poet of Time.” Sight and Sound 5.9 (1995): 12-16.

---. “The Innovators 1990-2000: Charisma Express.” Sight and Sound. 20 Jan. 2000

<http://www.bfi.org.uk/sightandsound/feature/116/>.

---. “Interview with Wong Kar-wai.” 9 Jan. 2008 <http://www.youtube.com/watch?v

Page 205: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

199

=IydXQBlaMmk>.

Redfield, Robert, and Milton B. Singer. “The Cultural Role of Cities.” Economic Development

and Cultural Change 3.1 (1954): 53-73.

Relph, Edward. Place and Placeless. London: Pion, 1976.

Roberti, Mark. The Fall of Hong Kong: China’s Triumph and Britain’s Betrayal. New York: J.

Wiley, 1994.

Rowley, Stephen. “Autumn Moon and Urban Bewilderment.” 22 Feb. 2007 <http://www.

Sterow.com/?p=93#more-93>.

Sack, Robert David. Place, Modernity, and the Consumer’s World. Baltimore and London: the

Johns Hopkins University Press, 1992.

Sassen, Saskia. “Whose City is It? Globalization and Formation of New Claims.” July. 1997. 10

Jan. 2011 <http://www.asu.edu/courses/pos445/Sassen--Whose%20city

%20is%20it%3F.pdf>.

Schatz, Thomas. Hollywood Genres: Formulas, Filmmaking, and the Studio System.

Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981.

Schwartz, David. “A Pinewood Dialogue with Wong Kar-wai.” 3 Apr. 2008 <http://

webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:_8seNKtwggwJ:www.movingimageso

urce.us/files/dialogues/3/71112_programs_transcript_html_303.htm+Wong+Kar+wai+en

courage+audience+to+watch&cd=8&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=us>.

Shiel, Mark. “Cinema and the City in History and Theory.” Cinema and the City. Ed. Mark Shiel

and Tony Fitzmaurice. Massachusetts: Blackwell Publishers, 2001.

Shih, Shu-mei. The Lure of the Modern: Writing Modernism in Semicolonial China, 1917-1937.

Berkeley: University of California Press, 2001.

Page 206: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

200

Silver, Alain, and James Ursini. Gangster Film Reader. Pompton Plains: Limelight, 2007.

Skeldon, Ronald. “Labour Migration to Hong Kong.” Asean Economic Bulletin 12.2 (1995):

201-18.

Sloan, Johanne. Urban Enigma: Montreal, Toronto, and the Problem of Comparing Cities.

Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 2007.

Soja, Edward. Postmodern Geographies. London: Verso, 1989.

Stanley, Robert Henry. Making Sense of Movies: Filmmaking in the Hollywood Style. New

York: McGraw-Hill, 2002.

Staples, David E. No Place Like Home: Organizing Home-based Labor in the Era of Structural

Adjustment. New York: Routledge, 2007.

Stokes, Lisa Odham, and Michael Hoover. City on Fire. New York: Verso, 1999.

Sussman, Nan M. Return Migration and Identity: a Global Phenomenon, a Hong Kong

Case. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, 2010.

Teo, Stephen. Hong Kong Cinema: the Extra Dimensions. London: British Film Institute, 1997.

---. “Local and Global Identity: Whither Hong Kong Cinema?” Senses of Cinema. 7 (2000). 19

Apr. 2000 <http://www.senseofcinema.com/2000/7

/hongkong/>.

---. “Postmodernism and the End of Hong Kong Cinema.” The Film Cultures Reader. Ed.

Graeme Turner. London and New York: Routledge. 2002.

---. Wong Kar-wai. London: British Film Institute, 2005.

Thacker, Andrew. “Imagist Travels in Modernist Space.” Textual Practice

7. 2 (1993): 224-246.

Tirard, Laurent. Moviemakers’ Master Class. New York: Faber &Faber, 2002.

Page 207: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

201

Tobias, Scott. “Interview with Wong Kar-wai,” The Onion 37. 7 (2001): 1-7.

Tsui, Curtis K. “Subjective Culture and History: The Ethnographic Cinema of Wong Kar-wai.”

Asian Cinema 7.2 (1995): 93-124.

Turner, Graeme. The Film Cultures Reader. New York: Routledge, 2002.

Verstraete, Ginette, and Tim Cresswell. Mobilizing Place, Placing Mobility: the Politics of

Representation in a Globalized World. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 2002.

Warf, Barney. Santa Arias. The Spatial Turn: Interdisciplinary Perspectives. New York:

Routledge, 2008.

Warshow, Robert. “The Gangster as Tragic Hero.” Gangster Film Reader. Ed. Alian Silver and

James Ursini. Pompton Plains: Limelight, 2007.

Weiss, Timothy. On the Margins: the Art of Exile in V.S. Naipaul. Amherst, Mass,: University of

Massachusetts Press, 1992.

Westerfield, Robert E. Current Issues in Globalization. New York: Nova Science Publishers,

Inc., 2004.

Williams, Raymond. The Country and the City. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1975.

Williams, Tony. “Space, Place, and Spectacle: the Crisis Cinema of John Woo.” Cinema

Journal 36.2 (1997): 67-84.

Wilson, Janelle. Nostalgia: Sanctuary of Meaning. Lewisburg: Bucknell University Press, 2005.

Wong, Kar-wai. “On Film.” 11 Apr. 2009 <http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MDD

tzvdukp0>.

Wong, Kin Yuen. “On the Edge of Spaces: ‘Blade Runner,’ ‘Ghost in the Shell,’ and Hong

Kong’s Cityscape.” Science Fiction Studies 27.1(2000): 1-21.

Wong, Nicholas YB. “Loving you by not Falling in Love.” Screen Education 53 (2009): 131-37.

Page 208: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

202

Wong, Siu-lun. “Deciding to Stay, Deciding to Move, Deciding not to Decide.” Cosmopolitan

Capitalists. Ed. Gary G. Hamilton. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1999.

Wong, Y. “The Postmodernity in Wong Kar-wai’s films.” The HKU Scholars Hub. 1996. The

University of Hong Kong. 20 May. 2009 <http://hub.hku.hk/bitstream/10722

/40398/1/FullText.pdf>.

Wood, Ellen Meiksins. “Modernity, Postmodernity or Capitalism?” Capitalism and the

Information Age. Ed. Robert W. McChesney, Ellen Meiksins Wood, and John Bellamy

Foster. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1998.

Wood, Mary P. Italian Cinema. New York: Berg, 2005.

Woolf, Virginia, and Jenifer Smith. A Room of One’s Own. New York: Mariner Books, 1989.

Wordie, Jason, Anthony J. Hedley, and John Lambon. Streets: Exploring Hong Kong Island.

Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, 2002.

Wright, Elizabeth. “Wong Kar-wai.” Senses of Cinema. 21 May. 2002. 12 Dec. 2010

<http://www.sensesofcinema.com/2002/great-directors/wong/>.

Yung, Wai-Kei. “Pictorial Representations of Hong Kong: a Study of 1980s and 90s Hong Kong

Films.” The HKU Scholars Hub. 1998. The University of Hong Kong. 31 March. 2009

<http://hub.hku.hk/handle/10822/40455>.

Zhang, Qianpei. “Interview with Wong Kar-wai.” 19 May. 2010 <http://bbs.ent.163.com

/bbs/liangchaowei/1715.html>.

Zhang, Yingjin. Cinema, Space, and Polylocality in a Globalizing China. Honolulu: University

of Hawai’i Press, 2010.

---. The City in Modern Chinese Literature & Film: Configurations of Space, Time, and Gender.

Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 1996.

Page 209: CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI HAIHONG LI … · CINEMATIC HONG KONG OF WONG KAR-WAI by HAIHONG LI B.A., Fu Zhou University, China, 2000 M.A., Truman State University, 2004 A

203